Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Other Precious Metals / Almirall

Almirall

alm · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker alm
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Other Precious Metals
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Almirall
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ALLIED MINDS PLC 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2020 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents 

Overview 
Chairman’s Report  

Strategic Report 
Highlights 
Company Overview 
Portfolio Review and Developments 
Key Performance Indicators 
Financial Review 
Risk Management 

Management and Governance 

The Board 
Directors’ Report 
Corporate Governance Report 
Sustainability 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Audit Committee Report 

Financial Statements 

Independent Auditor’s Report 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Company Balance Sheet  
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Company Information 

3 
4 

7 
7 
9 
13 
19 
20 
24 

32 
32 
34 
42 
53 
62 
84 

89 
89 
98 
102 
154 
157 
161 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 

Allied Minds plc (Allied Minds or the Group) is an IP commercialisation company primarily focused on early 
stage company development within the technology sector.   

The Group is currently comprised of seven portfolio companies based upon a broad range of underlying 
innovative  technologies  ranging  from  semiconductors  to  wireless  connectivity  to  space-based  imagery 
and analytics. 

The ability of the Group’s portfolio companies to raise funds and continue achieving important technical 
and commercial milestones while building upon key partnership relationships is a key strength.  The Group 
continues to progress as it works to execute on growing the value of its portfolio company interests for 
its shareholders. 

Allied  Minds’  strategy  is  focused  on  supporting  its  existing  portfolio  companies  and  maximising 
monetisation  opportunities  for  portfolio  company  interests.    The  Board  aims  to  monetise  the  Group’s 
ownership positions at the appropriate time, recognising the value and benefit in achieving well-timed 
risk-adjusted returns for the benefit of shareholders. 

Upon  the  event  of  successful  monetisation  events  from  the  sale  of  portfolio  companies  or  portfolio 
company interests, Allied Minds anticipates distributing the net proceeds to its shareholders, after due 
consideration of potential follow-on investment opportunities within the existing portfolio and working 
capital requirements.     

Allied Minds has also implemented a significant cost reduction in its annual central costs.  Accordingly, 
the  Group  currently  projects  that  its  recurring  annualised  HQ  operating  expenses  will  be  reduced  to 
approximately $5.7 million for 2021 (2020: $7.1 million).   

The Directors believe the Group’s cash balance is sufficient to continue to support Allied Minds' operations 
and portfolio companies in accordance with its current strategy.  

3 

 
 
 
Chairman’s Report 

Allied Minds started 2020 with a new Board and a recalibrated strategy focused exclusively on funding 
and operating our existing investment portfolio of businesses and to operate a streamlined and highly 
cost-efficient organisation.  

During 2020, the Group undertook a critical assessment of its portfolio of very early stage and pre-revenue 
companies.  As a result of this strategic review, the Board instituted a new form of governance that is 
better  suited  to  achieving  value  creation  from  its  venture-like  portfolio.    Under  the  new  corporate 
structure, announced in January 2021, the Group will be led by its Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) and the 
role of Chief Executive Officer will no longer be required.   

Throughout 2020, alongside the thorough portfolio review, Allied Minds continued to drive the strategic 
objectives  first  announced  in  April  2019  of  focusing  exclusively  on  supporting  the  existing  portfolio 
companies and maximising monetisation opportunities for portfolio company interests. 

Early in 2020 we demonstrated the benefits of this approach to  delivering shareholder value with the 
payment of a 12.62 pence per share dividend in February, which followed the sale of HawkEye 360 in the 
third quarter of 2019. 

The Board aims to monetise the Group’s ownership positions at the appropriate time, recognising the 
value and benefit in achieving well-timed risk-adjusted returns for the benefit of shareholders. 

Allied Minds remains a significant shareholder in each of its portfolio companies, and all companies in the 
portfolio,  regardless  of  prior  funding,  are  at  the  knee  of  the  commercialisation  curve.    While  seeing 
significant opportunities, each company also needs to manage the significant risks which are typical and 
customary for emerging companies, including market development and penetration, leading to revenue 
growth.  

At the end of the first quarter of 2020 the coronavirus pandemic and its impact both in the US and globally, 
meant we were equally focused on ensuring the wellbeing, safety, and security of our workforce across 
all our portfolio companies. 

Swift and effective actions were taken to allow all of us to continue operating safely using remote working 
environments  and  virtual  meeting  platforms  and  I  would  like  to  pay  tribute  to  all  employees  for  their 
resilience and commitment throughout this highly challenging period. 

Across the portfolio, several companies achieved milestone funding events and delivered strong progress 
in technology development, underpinned by blue-chip partnerships that were put in place or continued 
to thrive during the year. 

BridgeComm signed a JDA with Boeing HorizonX (Boeing) to collaboratively develop applications of One-
to-Many  (OTM)  technology,  and  secured  several  additional  rounds  of  convertible  debt  financing.  The 
company also entered into a partnership with Nokia to develop ultra-high-speed throughput solutions to 
facilitate faster deployment of 5G networks. 

Federated  Wireless  (Federated)  also  delivered  strong  technological  progress  involving  blue  chip 
partnerships, launching a new Connectivity-as-a-Service (CaaS) offering that lets US enterprises buy and 
deploy  private  4G  and  5G  networks  with  a  single  click  through  AWS(R)  and  Microsoft  Azure(R) 

4 

 
marketplaces.  Federated  also  raised  additional  funding  during  the  year  whilst  its  market  opportunity 
expanded with the unlocking of an additional 100 megahertz of contiguous mid-band spectrum in the 
3.45-3.55 GHz band for commercial 5G deployment. 

Orbital  Sidekick  (Orbital)  was  awarded  a  multi-year  contract  by  the  Department  of  the  US  Air  Force’s 
commercial investment group (AFVentures) as part of its Strategic Financing (STRATFI) programme and 
this  brought  further  financing  and  financing  opportunities.    Orbital  then  secured  conditional  funding, 
which is expected to close in Q2 2021 subject to approval by the Committee on Foreign Investments in 
the United States (CFIUS).   

The  Board  also  made  further  moves  to  rationalise  the  portfolio  with  the  acquisition  of  TableUp  by 
TouchBistro, Inc. in a stock-for-stock transaction. 

However, COVID-19 had a negative impact on several companies in the portfolio including Federated, Spin 
Memory (Spin), and Spark Insights (Spark).  Federated was able to mitigate against this impact and is now 
back on track with its strategic plan and timing, including meeting projected revenue targets for 2021.   

Meanwhile, Spin continues to face commercial and financing challenges that the Spin Board of Directors, 
with the support of the NEDs, are working to address in 2021.  In the event financing is not obtained or 
projected  revenue  is  not  realised,  Spin  may  need  to  seek  alternative  paths  that  may  include  filing  for 
bankruptcy, selling its intellectual property assets, and/or other similar avenues to orderly wind down the 
company in the near term.    

Furthermore, while Spark is continuing to achieve development milestones with respect to its intellectual 
property, the delay in securing financing has put the company in a difficult cash position.  In the event 
financing is not realised within the coming weeks, Spark will need to immediately resort to alternative 
paths that include selling its assets, filing for bankruptcy, winding down and/or similar avenues. 

In each case, the NEDs are working closely with the management teams at Spin and Spark, respectively, 
to tackle the challenges faced by these companies, including exploring all alternatives available to such 
companies, and to determine how to achieve the best outcome for its investors.     

We remain in close communication with customers, suppliers and partners, working together to navigate 
this  changing  environment.    In  2020,  the  Group  was  able  to  demonstrate  the  ability  of  its  portfolio 
companies  to  raise  funds  and  achieve  key  technical  and  commercial  milestones,  despite  the  global 
challenges of COVID-19.  

Going forward, while the NEDs and Allied Minds will continue to support all our portfolio companies, and 
intend to continue providing guidance, advice, assistance with fundraising and strategic opportunities, it 
will be the qualified and strong management teams in place who will be running the respective businesses 
and  responsible  for  advancing  and  progressing  their  respective  companies  forward,  including  leading 
fundraising activities and identifying and securing new investors.  The NEDs believe that on balance, and 
taking into consideration the challenges facing some of the Group’s portfolio companies that may hinder 
success, the Group as a whole remains well-positioned to maximise its value and deliver additional returns 
to our shareholders within a reasonable timeframe.  

Allied Minds’ cash position will be used to strategically support those portfolio companies that will enable 

5 

 
it to further its objective of maximising value and returns for its shareholders. 

Harry Rein, Chairman 
29 March 2021 

6 

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Highlights 

Investment & Financial Highlights 

•  $27.9 million invested in portfolio companies, of which $13.7 million was raised from third-party 

investment 

•  Net cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2020: $24.5 million (FY19: $90.6 million), of which 

$22.3 million is held within Allied Minds (FY19: $84.1 million) 

•  Revenues of $0.5 million (2019: $2.7 million) mainly from non-recurring engineering (NRE) and 

service contracts, reflecting the early stage nature of our portfolio companies 

•  On  14  February  2020,  Allied  Minds  paid  a  special  dividend  of  12.62  pence  per  ordinary  share 

totaling £30.49 million 

Selected Portfolio Company Highlights 

•  BridgeComm (consolidated subsidiary): 

o 

Joint  development  agreement  (JDA)  with  Boeing  HorizonX  (Boeing)  to  collaboratively 
develop applications of the One-to-Many (OTM) technology  

o  Additional $2.0 million of convertible debt financing from Allied Minds on top of the $1.0 

million invested by Boeing at the end of 2019 

o  Secured additional $1.5 million of convertible debt financing from Boeing upon successful 

achievement of development milestones under the JDA, post-period end 

o  Entered into partnership with Nokia to develop ultra-high-speed throughput solutions to 

facilitate faster deployment of 5G networks 

•  Federated Wireless (equity accounted investment): 

o  Announced new Connectivity-as-a-Service (CaaS) offering that lets U.S. enterprises buy 
and deploy private 4G and 5G networks with a single click through AWS(R) and Microsoft 
Azure(R) marketplaces 

o  Raised $13.7 million of additional Series C funding from Allied Minds and existing investor, 
Pennant Investors, to accelerate expansion and adoption of its partnerships with AWS 
and Microsoft Azure to offer Connectivity-as-a-Service and expand into 6 GHz band for 
5G services 

o  Potential  market  opportunity  expanded  upon  additional  100  megahertz  of  contiguous 
mid-band spectrum in the 3.45-3.55 GHz band unlocked for commercial 5G deployment 

•  Orbital Sidekick (preference share investment held at fair value): 

o  Awarded  a  multi-year  contract  by  the  Department  of  the  Air  Force’s  commercial 
investment group (AFVentures) as part of its Strategic Financing (STRATFI) programme, 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

under  which  the  company  received  $4.0  million  of  non-dilutive  financing  and  has  the 
opportunity to receive up to $12.0 million of additional non-dilutive financing over next 
three years to match private funds raised  

o  Entered into definitive agreement to secure $16.0 million in a Series A Preferred financing 
round expected  to close in Q2 2021 subject  to approval by  the Committee  on Foreign 
Investments in the United States 

•  Spin Memory (equity accounted investment): 

o  Raised $8.25 million of additional Series B funding from existing investors, including Abies 
Ventures, Applied Ventures, LLC (the venture capital arm of Applied Materials, Inc.), ARM 
Technology  Investments  Limited  (“ARM”)  and  Allied  Minds,  to  support  continued 
research  in  MRAM,  including  work  with  its  existing  development  partners,  Applied 
Materials and ARM 

o  Facing significant liquidity issues due to its inability to secure new customers coupled with 
the unexpected loss of a government bid in late Q4 2020.  Delays of the required testing 
of its development chip with ARM for nearly nine months due to the work-from-home 
orders in the State of California due to COVID-19 has had a direct effect 

•  TableUp (preference share investment held at fair value) acquired by TouchBistro, Inc. in stock-

for stock transaction. The stock held in TouchBistro is held at fair value under IFRS9 

Corporate Developments  

•  Post-period  end,  Allied  Minds  announced  additional  restructuring  efforts  including  direct 
management of the portfolio by the Board and elimination of the Chief Executive Officer role 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Company Overview 

Overview 

Allied Minds is an IP commercialisation company primarily focused on early stage company development 
within the technology sector.   

We  have  historically  invested  in  companies  at  an  early  stage,  including  seed  investments  to  build 
companies based on a technical breakthrough or invention.  As such, our investments have significant 
upside potential, but also carry significant risk inherent in the early stage model.   

The Group is currently comprised of seven portfolio companies based upon a broad range of underlying 
innovative  technologies  ranging  from  semiconductors  to  wireless  connectivity  to  space-based  imagery 
and analytics.   

The ability of the Group’s portfolio companies to raise funds and continue achieving important technical 
and commercial milestones while building upon key partnership relationships across the portfolio signify 
the strength of the Group and demonstrates that it remains on track as it works to execute on maximising 
the  value  of  its  portfolio  company  interests  and  delivering  well-timed,  risk-adjusted  returns  for  its 
shareholders. 

COVID-19 

As we navigate the uncertainties brought by the coronavirus pandemic, Allied Minds continues to closely 
monitor, assess, and respond to the impacts of COVID-19 in order to ensure the continued health, safety, 
and security of its workforce across its portfolio companies.  The Group has taken several actions to enable 
Allied  Minds  and  its  portfolio  companies  to  continue  operating  safely  and  effectively,  including 
implementing remote working environments, using virtual meeting platforms, and reducing travel. 

While COVID-19 has had varying degrees of commercial impact across the portfolio in the past year, the 
actions  and  mitigation  put  in  place  by  the  Group  have  enabled  day-to-day  operations  to  continue 
effectively across the portfolio.  As highlighted in this report, while some of our companies have been 
impacted more negatively than others, overall, the achievements across our portfolio demonstrate that 
our  companies  are  continuing  to  make  progress  against  their  respective  commercial  and  strategic 
objectives  even  during  this  pandemic.  We  remain  in  close  communication  with  all  our  customers, 
suppliers and partners to collaborate on how to best support each other’s needs in this new environment.  
Furthermore, Allied Minds continues to engage with each of its portfolio companies to help manage and 
mitigate  against  potential  impacts  on  each  company’s  business,  including  assisting  with  employee 
support, cash management, and contingency planning.   

While  we  remain  cautious  and  vigilant  about  what  the  coming  months  may  bring,  we  continue  to  be 
optimistic and expect to  be able  to navigate these uncertain  times whilst  delivering the  results of our 
stated strategy in the coming years.   

Model  

As a manager of a technology-focused portfolio in which we hold significant ownership positions, we seek 
to provide hands-on support over the life of our companies to support their growth, focusing on enabling 
and  driving  commercialisation,  supporting  follow-on  investment  rounds,  and  positioning  for  superior 

9 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

monetisation opportunities.   

Allied Minds offers operational and management support to each of its portfolio companies leveraging 
the  deep  domain  expertise  of  our  management  team  in  their  respective  careers  as  entrepreneurs, 
operators, directors, advisors, and investors.  Our employees have expertise in business strategy, sales 
and marketing, operations, finance, legal and transaction execution.   

We play an active role in developing the strategic direction of our portfolio companies and driving ongoing 
planning and assessment.  Our executives and Non-Executive Directors serve on the boards of directors 
of our portfolio companies, working with them to develop and implement strategic, operating and funding 
plans.  We evaluate on an on-going basis the progress and potential of each of the portfolio company’s 
businesses,  and  make  strategic  and  funding  decisions  based  on  the  regular  review  of  operational  and 
financial  performance  and  the  achievement  of  key  milestones.    Together  with  our  management,  the 
respective portfolio company boards of directors define the critical milestones, or inflection points, for 
each portfolio company and measure tangible progress towards commercialisation and the key factors 
for a successful monetisation event.  Portfolio company management is accountable for these milestones, 
which are developed into annual management objectives (MBOs).   

As our portfolio companies meet the objectives identified for success, we will participate in subsequent 
capital  raises  to  mitigate  dilution,  to  the  extent  consistent  with  our  goal  to  maximise  risk  and  time-
adjusted  returns  for  our  shareholders  and  taking  into  account  competing  uses  of  capital  across  our 
portfolio.    Co-investors  in  later  rounds  include  financial,  strategic  and  commercial  partners.    Where 
appropriate, we seek to include partners who validate the market opportunity and can provide support 
and/or commercial commitments to accelerate, expand and/or de-risk the path to commercialisation. 

By helping our portfolio companies’ management teams remain focused on critical objectives through the 
provision  of  human,  financial  and  strategic  resources,  we  believe  we  are  able  to  accelerate  their 
development and success.  We believe that Allied Minds’ experience and hands-on support provide our 
portfolio companies with significant competitive advantages within their respective markets. 

Strategy 

Allied  Minds’  strategy  is  focused  on  supporting  its  existing  portfolio  companies  and  maximising 
monetisation  opportunities  for  portfolio  company  interests.    The  Board  aims  to  monetise  the  Group’s 
ownership positions at the appropriate time, recognising the value and benefit in achieving well-timed 
risk-adjusted returns for the benefit of shareholders. 

In general, we will hold our position in a portfolio company for as long as we believe the risk and time-
adjusted value of that position is maximised by our continued ownership and effort.  From time to time, 
we engage in discussions with other companies interested in our portfolio companies (or our interest in 
those companies), either in response to enquiries or as part of a process we initiate.  To the extent we 
believe that a portfolio company’s further growth and development can best be supported by a different 
ownership structure or if we otherwise believe it is in our shareholders’ best interests, we may seek to 
sell  some  or  all  of  our  position  in  the  portfolio  company.    These  sales  may  take  the  form  of  privately 
negotiated sales of stock or assets, mergers and acquisitions, public offerings of the portfolio company’s 
securities  and,  in  the  case  of  publicly  traded  portfolio  companies,  sales  of  their  securities  in  the  open 
market.   

10 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

The value of Allied Minds is dependent upon the value of our existing portfolio companies and our ability 
to translate that value into cash as effectively and efficiently as possible and to deliver that cash, net of 
our obligations and operating cash needs, to our shareholders.   

Upon  the  event  of  successful  monetisation  events  from  the  sale  of  portfolio  companies  or  portfolio 
company interests, Allied Minds anticipates distributing the net proceeds to its shareholders, after due 
consideration of potential follow-on investment opportunities within the existing portfolio and working 
capital requirements.     

Outlook 

Allied Minds’ portfolio companies, led by experienced, motivated and resourceful management teams, 
have  continued  to  make  substantial  technical  and  commercial  progress.    The  milestones  achieved 
demonstrate  examples  of  solving  difficult  technical  problems,  developing  innovative  products  and 
services  across  a  range  of  large  potential  markets,  establishing  important  partnerships  to  develop 
technology and go to market channels, and the creation of shareholder value. 

The  Board  believes  that  the  shareholder  returns  to  date  and  completion  of  successful  fundraisings 
throughout its portfolio, together with achieving portfolio company milestones, means that Allied Minds 
is well positioned to maximise returns for its shareholders.   

Portfolio Company Valuation  

Of  the  Company’s  seven  active  portfolio  companies,  three  are  currently  majority  owned  and/or  
controlled, and therefore fully consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared 
in accordance with international financial reporting standards conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2016.  

Of the remaining four portfolio companies, the Company holds a significant minority stake in three of 
these companies and a small position in the fourth (TouchBistro, Inc.) as a result of the stock-for-stock 
sale  of  TableUp,  Inc.    In  each  case,  where  Allied  Minds  holds  a  significant  minority  stake,  it  is  able  to 
exercise significant influence over the portfolio company by virtue of its large, albeit minority, ownership 
stake  in  the  portfolio  company  and  its  representation  on  the  board  of  directors.  The  investment  in 
preferred  stock  in  these  portfolio  companies  is  accounted  for  under  IFRS  9  and  is  classified  by  the 
Company as an investment at fair value in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Due to the 
equity-like  characteristics  of  the  Company’s  common  stockholdings  in  Spin  Memory  and  Federated 
Wireless, these two investments are accounted for under IAS 28 and are classified by the Company as 
investments  in  associates.  Accordingly,  since  Allied  Minds  has  significant  influence  over  these  entities 
through the voting rights/potential voting rights held at Spin Memory and Federated Wireless, it gives 
access to the returns associated with an ownership interest in these associates.  

Allied Minds provides qualitative and quantitative disclosure in relation to the commercial and financial 
progress  of  its  portfolio  companies,  and  directional  commentary  on  valuation.    In  addition,  where 
commercially possible, Allied Minds provides, for each portfolio company: (i) the date of the last equity 
funding round, (ii) the post-money valuation of such round, (iii) the named key co-investors in such round, 
and (iv) the Company’s issued and outstanding ownership, and fully-diluted ownership, of such portfolio 
company.   

11 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

This information is set forth in the Portfolio Review and Developments section below.  The ownership 
interests  are  as  of  29  March  2021.    The  fully-diluted  percentages  take  into  account  outstanding  stock 
options granted to employees, directors and advisors, current stock options available for grant pursuant 
to the company’s stock option plan, and outstanding warrants to purchase common and preferred stock.  

The post-money valuations disclosed for each entity below do not represent IFRS 13 fair values but rather, 
are based on the pre-money valuation set by the investors in the latest financing round plus the total 
money raised in that round.   

There can be no guarantee that the aforementioned post-money valuations of the portfolio companies 
will be considered to be correct in light of the future performance of the various companies, or that the 
Company would be able to realise proceeds in the amount of such valuations, or at all, in the event of a 
sale by it of any of its portfolio companies or its ownership interest in such portfolio companies.   

12 

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Portfolio Review and Developments 

---------- 

BridgeComm Inc. (BridgeComm) (consolidated subsidiary) 

BridgeComm  is  developing  high-speed  optical  wireless  communications  to  provide  fast,  secure, 
enterprise-grade  broadband  service  for  space,  terrestrial  and  5G  connectivity.    BridgeComm’s  newest 
technology is unique and IP protected which enables one-to-many communications via optical wireless 
offering efficient communication to satellites, planes and land-based networks enabling 5G equivalent 
performance.  The technology promises higher throughput over longer distances with added security than 
what is available today.  The technology also has the ability to solve the “last mile connectivity” challenge 
for 5G networks. 

On 15 January 2020, Allied Minds announced the next stage in BridgeComm’s relationship with Boeing 
HorizonX whereby the two companies were collaboratively pioneering the development of BridgeComm’s 
new  technology  for  terrestrial,  airborne  and  space  systems.    Together,  BridgeComm  and  Boeing  are 
bidding  on  several  US  government  contracts  requiring  optical  communications  as  they  look  to 
commercialise the development work achieved to date.  It is anticipated that this process will lead to first 
revenue from the newly developed technology in 2021. 

On 28 September 2020, Allied Minds announced that BridgeComm partnered with Nokia to jointly develop 
high-speed optical communications to facilitate faster deployment of 5G networks.  The focus of the work 
with Nokia is to utilise optical communications to solve the “well known” last mile connectivity problem 
prevalent in the fixed wireless industry.   

BridgeComm will need to seek additional financing to further fund its next stage of development work.  
Allied  Minds  currently  has  fully  diluted  ownership  (ownership  percentage  including  currently  issued 
shares  and  potential  outstanding  shares  to  be  issued)  of  62.92%  in  BridgeComm.    The  $4.5  million 
convertible  bridge  invested  by  Boeing  HorizonX  and  Allied  Minds  will  convert  into  the  next  round  of 
financing.   

Holdings and valuation: 

•  Date of Last Funding Round: September 2018 
•  Post-Money Valuation: $38.0 million 
•  Co-Investors: Boeing HorizonX Ventures (venture arm of Boeing Company) 
•  Allied Minds’ Issued and Outstanding Ownership: 81.15% 
•  Allied Minds’ Fully-Diluted Ownership: 62.92% 

Federated Wireless Inc. (Federated) (equity accounted investment) 

Federated has developed technology and products to enable the revolutionary shared spectrum model in 
the United States to further enable wireless communications, adoption of the Internet-of-Things (“IoT”) 
and edge computing.  Federated also has the ability to deploy private wireless networks through its newly 
announced Connectivity-as-a-Service (“CaaS”) offering.   

CaaS is focused on enabling enterprise customers the ability to build their own private networks in a low 
risk and low capital expenditure manner.  For the first time, enterprises will be able to control their own 

13 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

network, bypassing traditional Internet Service Providers, on the back of Federated’s Spectrum Access 
System (“SAS”).  These networks have the ability to be more powerful than traditional WiFi while also 
providing more security, opening up a new market for Federated. 

On 18 February 2020, Federated announced that it entered into agreements with both AWS and Azure to 
function  as  channel  partners  to  drive  commercialisation  of  the  CaaS  offering  through  their  online 
marketplaces. 

On 8 October 2020, the U.S. Department of Defense announced that Federated had been awarded the 
project  at  the  Marine  Corps  Logistics  Base  Albany,  GA  to  develop  a  5G  Smart  Warehousing  solution 
focused on vehicular storage and maintenance.  This award represents the first CaaS-related opportunity 
for  Federated  from  its  previously  announced  new  channel  partners.    The  list  of  Federated  partners 
involved in this project include GE Research, KPMG LLP, Scientific Research Corporation as well equipment 
suppliers, AWS and Cisco, Inc. 

Since  the  Federal  Communications  Commission  (“FCC”)  announced  the  authorisation  of  the  full 
commercial  deployment  of  Federated’s  SAS  on  27  January  2020,  Federated  is  now  able  to  support  its 
customers as they deploy their new networks.  A key feature of Federated’s SAS offering is that it is the 
only FCC authorised company with a fully deployed Environmental Sensing Capability as required by the 
FCC.  This has allowed Federated to operate unabated, providing a significant competitive advantage.   

Federated’s first customers to deploy are focused on  the Wireless Internet Service industry as well as 
Verizon’s build out of their network to add 3.5GHZ CBRS.  This has led to Federated realising its recurring 
revenue model for the first time since it was granted authorisation.  Federated expects more customers 
under contract to begin to deploy soon who are looking to benefit by adding access to 3.5GHz CBRS.  This 
will further accelerate Federated’s valuable recurring revenue model into 2021.  Federated expects its 
revenue to grow by significant multiples in 2021 compared with 2020 when it was first able to initiate its 
services. 

Federated  has  sufficient  cash  to  fund  its  growth  into  2022.  Allied  Minds  currently  owns  36.61%  of 
Federated and expects that if the company continues to achieve its planned key milestones, it will be in a 
position to attract any future equity financing in an upround.   

Holdings and valuation: 

•  Date of Last Funding Round: September 2019 (second closing post-period end in April 2020) 
•  Post-Money Valuation: $215.0 million 
•  Co-Investors:  American  Tower  (NYSE:  AMT),  GIC  (Singapore’s  sovereign  wealth  fund),  Pennant 

Investors and SBA Communications (NASDAQ: SBAC) 
•  Allied Minds’ Issued and Outstanding Ownership: 43.11% 
•  Allied Minds’ Fully-Diluted Ownership: 36.61% 
•  Federated Wireless has made significant progress against its key operational objectives since its last 

funding round.   

OcuTerra Therapeutics, Inc. (consolidated subsidiary) 

OcuTerra (previously SciFluor Life Sciences, Inc.) is a drug development company focused on creating best-

14 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

in-class compounds, initially targeting the field of ophthalmology.  OcuTerra’s lead clinical asset, SF0166, 
is  a  topical  eye  droplet  treatment  for  Age-related  Macular  Degeneration  (AMD)  and  Diabetic  Macular 
Edema (DME), both widely prevalent retinal diseases that lead to blindness if left untreated.   

OcuTerra has sought to raise external equity financing since 2018 to fund Phase II trials for SF0166, on the 
back  of  safety  and  preliminary  efficacy  data  from  the  Phase  I/II  trials.    This  process  has  not  been 
successfully completed to date.  As a result, OcuTerra has experienced clinical delays since its last funding 
round  and  the  valuation  is  substantially  impaired  due  to  a  prolonged  inability  to  attract  new  external 
financing.    Clinical  development  activities  at  OcuTerra  have  been  pared  back,  and  are  now  focused 
exclusively on the toxicology studies necessary to initiate the Phase II trials for SF0166.  To assist with its 
fundraising efforts, OcuTerra engaged Maxim Group LLC.  During Q4 2019 (and completing in Q1 2020), 
OcuTerra raised $1.325 million of convertible debt financing from third parties.  In addition, in Q3 2020 
and  post-period  end  in  Q1  2021,  OcuTerra  raised  an  aggregate  of  $200K  of  debt  financing  from  third 
parties,  half  of  which  was  raised  from  Maxim  Group  LLC,  and  continues  its  fundraising  efforts  for  an 
external equity financing to fund Phase II trials.  It is uncertain if OcuTerra will be successful in securing 
the required funds in 2021. 

Holdings and valuation: 

•  Date of Last Funding Round: November 2019 (convertible debt into next preferred equity round)  
•  Valuation: n/a 
•  Co-Investors: Various third parties 
•  Allied Minds’ Issued and Outstanding Ownership: 62.67% 
•  Allied Minds’ Fully-Diluted Ownership: 54.16% 

Orbital Sidekick Inc. (Orbital) (preference share investment held at fair value) 

Orbital  has  developed  a  proprietary  analytics  platform  based  upon  its  hyperspectral  technology  that 
allows it to take a proprietary “chemical fingerprint” from space.  Initially, Orbital is addressing the very 
current and large concerns about the environment by focusing on potential energy pipeline failures.  By 
employing its space-based technology,  it is able  to  detect and identify  natural gas, oil leaks and other 
failures much more rapidly than current monitoring techniques in a more cost effective way and the added 
benefit of helping to minimise environmental damage.  

Orbital’s  first  fully  dedicated  hyperspectral  imagery  satellite  is  scheduled  to  launch  in  2021,  which 
together with its existing on-board processing technology deployed on the International Space Station, 
will  allow  Orbital  to  realise  revenue  from  its  first  pilot  programme  participants  from  the  oil  and  gas 
pipeline industry that it has been able to convert to paying customers. 

On  15  October  2020,  Allied  Minds  announced  that  Orbital  was  awarded  a  multi-year  contract  by  the 
Department of the Air Force’s commercial investment group (AFVentures) as part of its Strategic Financing 
(“STRATFI”)  programme.   Orbital  received  $4.0  million  of  non-dilutive  financing  in  Q4  2020  from  the 
programme and has the opportunity to receive up to $12.0 million of additional non-dilutive financing 
over the next three years to match private funds raised. 

On 24 December 2020, Allied Minds announced that Orbital had conditionally secured $16.0 million in a 
Series  A  Preferred  financing  round  led  by  Temasek,  an  investment  company  headquartered  in 
Singapore.  The Series A financing closing is subject to approval by the Committee on Foreign Investments 

15 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

in the United States (CFIUS).  In March 2021, CFIUS informed Orbital that it will enter an additional 45-day 
investigation period regarding the transaction, which is not atypical of like transactions.  Accordingly, the 
financing is expected to close in Q2 2021. 

The combined expected proceeds of $32.0 million raised from both the Series A financing and the funds 
available from the STRATFI programme is significant and will allow Orbital to focus on scaling its business 
and growing its sales pipeline to rapidly bring its products to market and enable the launch of additional 
satellites to support its customers. 

Holdings and valuation: 

•  Date of Last Funding Round: April 2018 
•  Post-Money Valuation: $11.7 million  
•  Co-Investors: 11.2 Capital 
•  Allied Minds’ Issued and Outstanding Ownership in respect of preference shares: 33.23%  
•  Allied Minds’ Fully-Diluted Ownership: 29.67%  

Spark Insights Inc. (Spark) (consolidated subsidiary) 

Spark  is  an  advanced  analytics  company  developing  data  products  for  the  rapidly  growing  insurance 
analytics market.  Allied Minds formed Spark in late 2018.   

Given  the  increasing  prevalence  of  catastrophic  events,  including  hurricanes,  floods,  and  wildfires, 
property  insurers  are  struggling  to  quantify  the  impact  on  their  policies,  both  before  and  after  a 
catastrophic event occurs.  Spark plans to leverage the advent of unique data sets, including advances in 
satellite imagery and weather data, combined with proprietary analytics to transform critical workflows 
for these property insurers. 

Spark’s  focus  is  at  the  intersection  of  several  addressable  markets  including  insurance  analytics, 
underwriting losses, and catastrophe modeling platforms. 

In June 2020, Spark achieved a key technical milestone and successfully released version 1.0 of its post-
catastrophe automated damage assessment product. 

As a result of challenges posed by COVID-19, Spark has faced delays in fundraising and is now in a difficult 
cash  position.    If  Spark  fails  to  raise  additional  financing  in  the  coming  weeks,  Spark  will  need  to 
immediately consider and execute on alternative paths that include selling its assets, filing for bankruptcy, 
winding down and/or similar avenues. 

Holdings and valuation: 

•  Date of Last Funding Round: April 2019 
•  Post-Money Valuation: $3.2 million  
•  Co-Investors: n/a 
•  Allied Minds’ Issued and Outstanding Ownership: 70.59% 
•  Allied Minds’ Fully-Diluted Ownership: 60.00% 

16 

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Spin Memory Inc. (Spin) (equity accounted investment) 

is  a 

leader 

in  providing  magnetoresistive  random-access  memory  (“MRAM”) 

Spin 
intellectual 
property.   Through  its  collaboration  with  industry  leaders,  Spin  Memory  is  looking  to  transform  the 
semiconductor  industry  by  addressing  the  biggest  challenge,  memory,  in  next-generation  electronics 
systems  such  as  Artificial  Intelligence,  Autonomous  Driving,  5G  Communication  and  Computing  at  the 
Edge.   Spin  represents  the  last  remaining  portfolio  company  from  Allied  Minds’  original  investment 
platform.  

During 2020, Spin was able to “tape out” the demonstration chip co-developed with Arm pursuant to its 
joint development agreement, entered into in very late Q4 2018, representing the first time that Spin was 
able to demonstrate its Endurance Engine technology in silicon.   

Unfortunately,  the  work-from-home  orders  in  the  State  of  California  due  to  COVID-19  delayed  the 
required testing of the chip for nearly nine months.  The testing did commence in early Q4 2020 and the 
initial results are promising.  However, this delay has affected Spin’s ability to secure new customers.  As 
a result, this, coupled with an unexpected loss of a government bid in late Q4 2020, Spin is now facing 
significant liquidity issues.   

Spin’s Board of Directors and management team have worked to adjust the company’s operating plan to 
account  for  the  delays  described  above  and  are  currently  working  with  its  shareholders  to  develop  a 
funding plan that will allow it to identify and secure commercial partners for its product, expertise and 
intellectual property in 2021.   As previously disclosed, any financing contemplated by Spin is expected to 
be  a  significantly  reduced  valuation  and  dilutive  to  any  non-participants  in  the  round.    While  this  is 
disappointing, a down-round financing is not uncommon in early venture capital companies and the Board 
is hopeful that any funding raised will give Spin an opportunity to maximise net value for shareholders 
either through an asset sale or acquisition or securing key partners and revenue-generating customers in 
the coming months.  In the event financing is not obtained or projected revenue is not realised, Spin may 
need  to  seek  alternative  paths  that  may  include  filing  for  bankruptcy,  selling  its  intellectual  property 
assets, and/or other similar avenues to orderly wind down the company in the near term.    

Holdings and valuation: 

•  Date of Last Funding Round: November 2018 (date of first closing, final closing in July 2020) 
•  Post-Money Valuation: $180.25 million  
•  Co-Investors:  Arm  Technology  Investments  Limited,  Applied  Ventures,  LLC,  Abies  Venture  Fund, 
Woodford Investment Management (now succeeded by Schroder Investment Management Limited) 
and Invesco Asset Management 

•  Allied Minds’ Issued and Outstanding Ownership: 43.01% 
•  Allied Minds’ Fully-Diluted Ownership: 33.98% 

TouchBistro, Inc. (acquirer of TableUp, Inc.) (common shares in TouchBistro) 

On 5 August 2020, TableUp was wholly acquired by TouchBistro, Inc. in a stock-for-stock transaction. As a 
result of such transaction, Allied Minds received common shares of TouchBistro valued at $5.99 million.  

The  Group  made  its  initial  investment  in  TableUp  in  April  2018.  TableUp  is  a  provider  of  loyalty  and 

17 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

marketing solutions for the restaurant industry and is highly regarded for its proprietary guest retention 
solution, which is used by more than 600 restaurants throughout the U.S and will enable TouchBistro to 
fully integrate customer loyalty and guest marketing into its all-in-one point-of-sale (POS) and restaurant 
management platform.  

18 

 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Key Performance Indicators  

The Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) selected to measure the performance of the Company in 2020 were 
percentage  level  of  achievement  of  management  by  objectives  (MBOs).  These  objectives  seek  to  link 
financial, operational, technical and other performance milestones established by the Board directly to 
remuneration and KPIs.  Performance against 2019 KPIs is set out below:  

KPI 

MBO Achievement; 
Percentage of Target; See 
Detail Below 

2020 

75.0% 

2019 

87.6% 

Performance 

Below target 

The MBOs set by the Board for 2020, along with the level of achievement against such MBOs, is set forth 
below: 

MBO 
Increase Aggregate Portfolio Value (NAV) 
Increase ALM Share Price 
Manage HQ Cash and Expenses 
Secure Funding and Strategic Partners at Portfolio Companies 
Maintain Strong Operational Support 
   Total Percentage of Target 

Threshold 
Weightings 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 

Target 
Weightings 
12.5% 
12.5% 
25% 
25% 
25% 
100.0% 

Maximum 
Weightings 
18.75% 
18.75% 
37.5% 
37.5% 
37.5% 
150.0% 

Achieved 
Weightings 
0% 
0% 
25% 
25% 
25% 
75.0% 

Additional detail with respect to determination of such achievement is set forth on page 73. 

The  following  Key  Performance  Indicators  (KPIs)  were  selected  to  measure  the  performance  of  the 
Company in 2021.  These objectives seek to link financial, operational, technical and other performance 
milestones established by the Board directly to remuneration and KPIs.  

Increase Company Non-Executive Director (NED) engagement at each portfolio company 

1. 
2.  Appoint at least one NED on each portfolio company’s board 
3.  Provide strategic, operational and financing support and assistance to the portfolio companies 

through representation on the board of each portfolio company  

4.  Critically  evaluate  and  monitor  portfolio  company  progress  with  objective  of  maximising 

shareholder return on investment (ROI) 

5.  Maintain strong shareholder engagement, including annual capital markets day 
6.  Manage HQ cash and expenses to maximise shareholder ROI 

We note  that as a result  of the strategic changes implemented  by the Board on 15 January 2021, the 
portfolio shall be managed by the Board, all of whom are Non-Executive Directors, on a go-forward basis.  
The Board places equal importance on each of the listed KPIs. 

19 

 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Financial Review  

During 2020, $27.9 million was invested into existing subsidiary businesses and associates. This included 
$14.4  million  from  subsidiary  and  associate  fundraisings  invested  by  Allied  Minds,  with  $13.6  million 
coming  from  third-party  investment,  to  further  accelerate  the  development  of  the  Group’s  existing 
companies.   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Profit 

For the years ended 31 December 

Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Finance (cost)/ income, net 
Other (expense)/ income  
Other comprehensive (loss)/ income 

 Total comprehensive (loss)/ income 

 of which attributable to: 
 Equity holders of the parent  
 Non-controlling interests 

2020 
$ '000 

2019 
$ '000 

 480  
 (210) 
 (10,497) 
 (4,712) 
 (1,786) 
(38,779) 
         (116) 
(55,620) 

 2,692  
       (1,433) 
     (34,316) 
(16,146) 
 9,992  
89,465 
        808 
51,062 

(53,141) 
 (2,479) 

52,143 
 (1,081) 

Revenue decreased by $2.2 million, to $0.5 million in 2020 (2019: $2.7 million). This decrease is primarily 
attributable to the ownership of Federated Wireless being an entity which was previously consolidated. 
In the second half of 2019 control of this entity was lost, and going forward has been equity accounted 
for under IAS28 (“deconsolidated”).  The decrease is partly offset by revenue from new contracts in 2020 
at  BridgeComm  of  $0.1  million.  Cost  of  revenue  at  $0.2  million  (2019:  $1.4  million)  was  lower  as  a 
percentage of revenue, when compared to the prior year, mainly due to deconsolidation of the Company’s 
subsidiaries and inventory write-offs at closed and dissolved companies in 2019. 

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses decreased by $23.8 million, to $10.5 million (2019: 
$34.3 million). This reduction was mainly due to the deconsolidation of one of the company’s subsidiaries 
in the second half of 2019, as well as cost reductions at headquarters implemented during 2019.  

Research  and  development  (R&D)  expenses  decreased  by  $11.4  million,  to  $4.7  million  (2019:  $16.1 
million). The decrease was primarily due to the deconsolidated and closed and dissolved subsidiaries in 
2019. The remainder of the decrease reflects the net effect from R&D spend at the remaining subsidiaries. 

Net finance cost increased by $11.8 million in 2020 to $1.8 million (2019: income of $10.0 million). The 
increase reflects the impact from deconsolidation of one of the company’s subsidiaries in the second half 
of 2019 partly offset by net finance cost of $1.5 million from IFRS 9 fair value accounting of the subsidiary 
preferred shares liability balance (2019: finance income of $9.3 million), convertible note payable balance 
of  $0.3  million  (2019:  $nil)  and  interest  income,  net  of  interest  expense,  of  $23  thousand  (2019:  $0.7 
million). The change was primarily from adjustments at BridgeComm. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Other  loss  increased  to  $38.8  million  (2019:  income  of  $89.4  million)  reflecting  $31.9  million  loss  on 
investments held at fair value as well as the company’s share of loss of $6.8 million from its associates.     

As a result of these factors, total comprehensive loss increased by $106.7 million to $55.6 million (2019: 
income  of  $51.1  million).  Total  comprehensive  loss  attributed  to  the  equity  holders  of  the  Group  was 
$53.1 million (2019: income of $52.1 million) and $2.5 million loss (2019: $1.1 million) was attributable to 
the owners of non-controlling interests. 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

As of 31 December 

Non-current assets  
Current assets 

    Total assets  

Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Equity  

 Total liabilities and equity 

2020 
$ '000 

2019 
$ '000 

44,416 
 32,584    
77,000 

72,695 
      97,854  
170,549 

2,246 
16,468 
58,286 
77,000 

        3,795  
14,183 
152,571 
170,549 

Significant  performance-impacting  events  and  business  developments  reflected  in  the  Company’s 
financial position at year end include:  

Non-current assets 

Property and equipment increased by $0.1 million to $1.6 million (2019: $1.5 million), primarily as a result 
of purchases of approximately $1.0 million, mainly at BridgeComm, offset by depreciation expense of $0.5 
million and $0.4 million in disposals. 

Intangible  assets  decreased  by  $0.2  million  to  $nil  million  (2019:  $0.2  million)  mainly  as  a  result  of 
amortisation expense of $0.2 million. 

Investments at fair value decreased to $39.1 million (2019: $61.9 million). As a result of the fair value 
accounting  for  investments  held  at  fair  value,  Allied  Minds  recorded  a  loss  of  $31.9  million  in  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  (Loss)/  Income.  The  decrease  is  offset  by  $6.9  million  in 
additional funding by Allied Minds in April 2020 when Federated Wireless completed the second closing 
of its $13.7 million Series C Preferred Stock financing, as well as $4.0 million in additional funding by Allied 
Minds in July 2020 when Spin Memory completed a new closing of its $8.3 million Series B-1 Preferred 
Stock financing. In addition, on 5 August 2020, TableUp, one of Allied Minds’ portfolio companies, was 
acquired  by  TouchBistro,  Inc.  (“TouchBistro”).  The  acquisition  was  structured  as  a  stock-for-stock 
transaction in which TouchBistro acquired 100% of the shares of TableUp in exchange for the issuance of 
TouchBistro  common  shares  to  the  shareholders  of  TableUp.  A  total  of  2,542,662  common  shares  of 
TouchBistro was paid to Allied Minds valued at $5.99 million at the time of the transaction. Allied Minds’ 
share of common stock has been accounted as an investment at fair value. At 31 December 2020, the fair 
value of Allied Minds’ investment in TouchBistro was subsequently measured at $2.8 million.  

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Investments in associates decreased to $nil million (2019: $6.8 million). As a result of the deconsolidation 
of Federated Wireless in the second half of 2019 and equity method accounting for remaining associate 
investments,  Allied  Minds  recorded  a  share  of  loss  of  $6.8  million  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive (Loss)/ Income that reduced the investment in Federated to a zero balance. 

Right-of-use assets decreased to $0.6 million (2019: $1.0 million) primarily related to depreciation of $0.4 
million.  

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $66.0 million to $24.5 million (2019: $90.5 million). The decrease 
is mainly attributed to $17.8 million of net cash used in operations, $10.7 million cash used in investing 
activities  and  $37.5  million  cash  used  in  financing  activities  primarily  reflecting  $39.7  million  in  cash 
dividend payment to shareholders as a result of the sale of Allied Minds’ share in HawkEye in 2019. 

Trade  and  other  receivables  increased  by  $0.1  million  due  to  an  increase  in  trade  receivables  of  $0.3 
million. This increase is offset in part by a decrease in prepaid expenses of $0.2 million mainly from write 
off advanced payments for unfinished inventory units at BridgeComm. 

Other financial assets have increased by $0.7 million to $2.3 million (2019: $1.6 million) primarily due to 
IFRS 9 fair value accounting of TableUp’s convertible note issued to Allied Minds in 2019, offset by the 
issuance of a SAFE note receivable of $1.5 million by Allied Minds to Orbital Sidekick. The fair market value 
change of the notes was recorded as an offset to the $28.7 million loss on investments held at fair value 
in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss)/ Income.  

Current liabilities 

Subsidiary preferred shares increased by $1.5 million to $6.5 million (2019: $5.0 million) primarily driven 
by $1.5 million in IFRS 9 fair value adjustment for the year.  

Deferred revenue decreased by $0.2 million to $3.6 million (2019: $3.4 million) primarily due to revenue 
recognised at BridgeComm and offset by new revenue contract entered at Spark Insights in 2020. 

Loans increased by $3.1 million (2019: $ nil) primarily due to an increase in convertible promissory notes 
of $2.5 million at BridgeComm.  

Non-current liabilities 

Lease liabilities decreased by $1.0 million (2018: $2.9 million) primarily due to lease payments.  

Other non-current liabilities decreased by $0.5 million (2019: $1.9 million) primarily due to loan payments 
of convertible promissory notes at OcuTerra Therapeutics.  

Equity 

Net equity decreased by $94.3 million to $58.3 million (2019: $152.6 million) reflecting the combination 
of comprehensive loss for the period of $55.6 million, dividend payments to shareholders of $39.7 million 
and loss on non-controlling interest of $18,000 offset by $8,000 in issuance of ordinary shares and a $1.1 
million charge due to equity-settled share based payments.  

22 

 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

For the years ended 31 December 

Net cash outflow from operating activities 
Net cash (outflow)/ inflow from investing activities 
Net cash (outflow)/ inflow from financing activities 

 Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
 Cash and cash equivalents in the beginning of the year 
 Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

2020 
$ '000 

2019 
$ '000 

 (17,057) 
 (11,341) 
 (37,684) 
 (66,082) 

 90,571    
 24,489    

(44,851) 
 21,505  
13,683 
(9,663) 
100,234 
90,571 

The  Group’s  net  cash  outflow  from  operating  activities  of  $17.1  million  in  2020  (2019:  $44.8  million, 
restated) was primarily due to the losses for the year of $55.5 million and the net effect from movement 
in working capital of $4.1 million offset by other finance charges of $1.6 million, the adjustment for non-
cash items such as depreciation, amortisation, impairments and share-based expenses of $2.1 million and 
$38.8 million in losses due to fair value adjustments and equity method accounting. 

The Group had a net cash outflow from investing activities of $11.3 million in 2020 (2019: $21.5 million). 
This outflow predominately related to purchases of property and equipment of $0.5 million (2019: $3.6 
million) and an additional investment in Federated Wireless and Spin Memory of $10.9 million made by 
Allied Minds in April and July 2020. The investing cash outflow was offset by $0.1 million in receipt of 
payments from Allied Minds’ finance sub-lease. 

The  Group’s  net  cash  outflow  from  financing  activities  of  $37.7  million  in  2020  (2019:  $13.7  million) 
primarily reflects , in part, the cash dividend payment to shareholders of $39.7 million as a result of the 
sale of Allied Minds’ share in HawkEye in 2019 and $1.1 million in lease payments. The decrease was offset 
by  $2.9  million  proceeds  from  issuance  of  convertible  notes  and  $0.2  million  receipt  of  PPP  loans. 
Additionally, cash inflows from financing activities in the period included proceeds from issuance of share 
capital at Allied Minds. 

The  Group’s  strategy  is  to  maintain  healthy,  highly  liquid  cash  balances  that  are  readily  available  for 
investment  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  Board’s  strategy  for  the  Company  and  Group.  To  further 
minimise its exposure to risks the Group does not maintain any material borrowings or cash balances in 
foreign currency.  

The Directors have further considered the on-going viability of the Company through to December 2023, 
as required pursuant to the 2018 version of the UK Corporate Governance Code, in the Management and 
Governance section of the Annual Report and Accounts at pages 38 to 39. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT  

Risk Management  

The execution of the Group’s strategy is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties.  The Board has 
adopted  a  system  of  continuous  review  in  which  it  regularly  consults  with  management  to  identify 
principal and emerging risks facing the Group and to assess and determine how to address and mitigate 
against such risks in a manner consistent with the Company’s risk appetite to achieve its strategic goals.  
Throughout the year, the Board considers and reviews both risks arising from the internal operations of 
the Group, and those arising from the business environment in which it operates.  It is possible that one 
or more of these identified risks could impact the Group in a similar timeframe which may compound 
their effects. 

With our focus on early stage company development, commercialisation and monetisation, the Group 
inherently  faces  significant  risks  and  challenges.    The  overall  aim  of  the  risk  management  policy  is  to 
achieve an effective balance of risk and reward, although ultimately, no strategy can provide an absolute 
assurance against loss. 

The  Board  has  carried  out  a  robust  assessment  of  the  principal  and  emerging  risks  facing  the  Group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency and/or liquidity.  
The major risks and uncertainties identified by the Board are set out below, along with the consequences 
and mitigation strategy of each risk. 

1.  

The science and technology being developed or commercialised by the Group’s businesses may 
fail and/or the Group’s businesses may not be able to develop their innovations and intellectual 
property into commercially viable products or technologies.  There is also a risk that some of the 
portfolio  companies  may  fail  or  not  succeed  as  anticipated,  whether  as  a  result  of  technical, 
product, market, fund-raising or other risks, resulting in an impairment of the Group’s value. 

Impact: The failure of any of the Group’s portfolio companies would impact the Group’s value.  A failure 
of one of the major portfolio companies could also impact the Group’s reputation as a builder of high 
value businesses and possibly make additional fund raising at the Group or portfolio company level more 
difficult. 

Mitigation: 

•  Before making any follow-on investment in the current portfolio, extensive due diligence is carried 
out  by  the  Group  which  covers  all  the  major  business  risks  including  market  size,  strategy, 
adoption  and  intellectual  property.    Where  appropriate,  we  seek  validation  through  co-
investment by other strategic and/or financial parties. 

•  A  disciplined  approach  to  capital  allocation  is  pursued  whereby  we  closely  monitor  milestone 
developments before committing additional capital.   Should a  project fail  to  achieve sufficient 
progress or is unable to attract other co-investors, we may terminate the investment. 

•  Dedicated  leadership  with  deep  industry  or  sector  knowledge,  and  relevant  technical  and/or 
leadership experience, is recruited to management positions, and the Group ensures that each 
portfolio  company  has  independent  directors  and/or  other  advisors,  as  appropriate  for  the 
relevant stage of development. 

24 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

• 

• 

Each portfolio company holds board of director meetings at least  quarterly,  with participation 
from  the  Group’s  management  and/or  investment  team,  along  with  senior  management  and 
independent directors and/or advisors, as appropriate, of such portfolio company. 

The  shared  services  model  provides  meaningful  administrative  support  to  our  earlier  stage 
portfolio  companies,  including  strong  budgetary  and  financial  controls  that  ensure  good 
governance. 

•  Within  the  Group  there  is  meaningful  operating  and  investment  expertise  that  provide  direct, 
hands-on  and  strategic,  operating  and  fund-raising  support  to  its  portfolio  companies,  as 
appropriate. 

• 

The Group actively uses third party advisors and consultants, specific to the particular domain in 
which a portfolio company operates, to assist on market strategy and direction.  

2.  

The  Group  expects  to  continue  to  incur  substantial  expenditure  in  further  research  and 
development, product development, sales and marketing and other operational activities of its 
businesses.  There is no guarantee that the Group or any of its individual portfolio companies will 
become profitable prior to the achievement of a portfolio company sale or other liquidity event, 
and, even if the Group or any of its individual portfolio companies does become profitable, such 
profitability may not be sustainable.  The Group may not be able to attract other co-investors, or 
monetise  its  ownership  interests  in  portfolio  companies,  during  any  specific  time  frame  or 
otherwise on desirable terms, if at all.  

Impact: Allied Minds’ objective is to generate returns for its shareholders through early stage company 
development  within  the  technology  sector.    Such  value  is  expected  to  be  delivered  through  the 
commercialisation and monetisation of these businesses via a sale or other liquidity event for each.  The 
timing and size of these potential inflows is uncertain and, should liquidity events not be forthcoming, or 
in the event that they are achieved at values significantly less than the amount of capital invested, then it 
would be difficult to sustain the current levels of investment in the other portfolio companies.  This would 
lead  to  reduced  participation  in  funding  rounds,  which  will  result  in  a  lower  ownership  position,  or 
potentially impact the ability of a company to raise additional funds.   

Mitigation: 

•  The  Group  retains  sufficient  cash  balances  in  order  to  support  its  cash  flow  requirements, 
including Allied Minds’ investment requirements for each portfolio company and for corporate 
resources. 

•  The  Group  has  close  relationships  with  a  wide  group  of  investors,  including  within  its  current 
shareholder base, and continues to identify and develop strategic and financial relationships for 
co-investing in the Group’s portfolio companies. 

• 

Senior management continually seeks to build and maintain strategic and financial relationships 
for the Group, and each portfolio company continually seeks to engage in strategic and financial 
relationships relevant to their respective markets and to maintain current information on, and 
awareness of, potential fund-raising and monetisation strategies. 

25 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

3.  

A significant portion of the Group’s intellectual property relates to technologies which originated 
in the course of research conducted in, and initially funded by, US universities or other federally-
funded research institutions.  Although the Group has been granted exclusive licenses to use this 
intellectual  property,  there  are  certain  limitations  inherent  in  these  licenses,  for  example  as 
required by the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980. 

Impact: There are certain circumstances where the US government has rights to utilise the underlying 
intellectual property without any economic benefit flowing back to the Group.  In the event that this were 
to happen, this could impact the financial return to the Group on its investment in the applicable portfolio 
companies. 

Mitigation: 

•  To the Board’s knowledge, while these so called “march in” rights exist, the US government has 

never had cause to use them. 

•  The Group seeks to develop dual use capabilities for the technology it licenses and generally tends 

to avoid use cases directly applicable to government use. 

•  This risk is also mitigated through employing experienced technology transfer experts supported 

by our legal team to assess risks that may arise out of this eventuality. 

4.  

The  Group,  including  certain  of  the  portfolio  companies,  currently  has  in  place  cooperative 
research and development agreements with certain US Department of Defense laboratories and 
other  federally  funded  government  institutions.    Certain  regulatory  measures  apply  to  these 
agreements which restrict the export of information and material that may be used for military 
or intelligence applications by a non-US person.  Compliance with these regulatory measures may 
be complex and limit commercial alternatives. 

Impact: If the Group were to breach restrictions on the use of certain licensed technologies, particularly 
those  derived  from  federally  funded  research  facilities,  this  could  materially  impact  upon  the  Group’s 
ability to license additional intellectual property from these establishments.  In certain circumstances, it 
may also lead to the termination of existing licenses.  In the event that this were to happen, this could 
materially affect a number of the Group’s businesses, potentially harm the reputation and standing of the 
Group  and  cause  the  termination  of  certain  important  relationships  with  federally  funded  research 
institutions. 

Mitigation: 

•  Prior  to  licensing  any  technology  under  these  agreements,  the  Group’s  management  seeks  to 
identify the commercial and other alternatives available for products and services associated with 
such  technology  and  innovations,  and  to  ensure  that  there  are  sufficient  markets  available  to 
justify the capital investment.  

•  Prior to the commercialisation process, the Group’s management seeks to obtain all the necessary 
clearances from applicable regulatory bodies to ensure that the export of products based upon 
the licensed IP is strictly in accordance with government guidelines. 

26 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

• 

• 

5.  

The Group, including certain of the portfolio companies, employs a number of individuals with 
experience in working with various government agencies. 

Senior management is fully cognisant of the regulations and sensitivities in relation to this issue, 
in  particular  with  International  Traffic  in  Arms  Regulations  (ITAR)  which  regulate  the  use  of 
technologies for export, and has numerous mitigating actions available should issues arise. 

The Group operates in complex and specialised business domains and requires highly qualified 
and experienced management to implement its strategy successfully.  All of the operations of the 
Group  are  located  in  the  United  States,  which  is  a  highly  competitive  employment  market.  
Furthermore, given the relatively small size of the senior management at the corporate level, the 
Group is reliant on a small number of key individuals. 

Impact: There is a risk that the Group may lose key personnel, or fail to attract or retain new personnel.  
The loss of key personnel may negatively affect the Group’s competitive advantage. 

Mitigation: 

•  The Board annually seeks external expertise to assess the competitiveness of the compensation 
packages of its senior management, and to ensure that the structure of compensation is designed 
to incentivise performance and retention properly. 

•  Senior  management  continually  monitor  and  assess  compensation  levels  to  ensure  the  Group 

remains competitive in the employment market. 

6.  

A large proportion of the overall value of the Group’s businesses may be concentrated in a small 
proportion of the Group’s businesses.  If one or more of the intellectual property rights relevant 
to a valuable business were terminated, this would have a material adverse impact on the overall 
value of the Group’s businesses. 

Impact: The termination of critical IP licenses would materially impact the value of the portfolio company 
and have a consequent effect on the value of the overall Group. 

Mitigation: 

• 

In  each  portfolio  company,  the  management  is  specifically  directed  to  pursue  a  policy  of 
generating and patenting additional intellectual property to both provide additional protection 
and create direct IP ownership for the company. 

•  Where  possible,  the  Group  seeks  to  negotiate  intellectual  property  ownership  rights  in  any 
research and development agreement it enters into with a network partner, such that the Group 
becomes a part owner of the underlying IP. 

7.  

The US Investment Company Act of 1940 regulates companies which are engaged primarily in the 
business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities.  Securities issued by 
companies  other  than  consolidated  partner  companies  are  generally  considered  ‘‘investment 
securities’’ for purposes of the Investment Company Act, unless other circumstances exist which 
actively  involve  the  company  holding  such  interests  in  the  management  of  the  underlying 
company. 

27 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

Impact:    If  the  Company  is  deemed  to  be  an  ‘‘investment  company’’  subject  to  regulation  under  the 
Investment Company Act, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for the Group to continue its 
business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on its business.  If anything were to 
happen  which  would  cause  the  Company  to  be  deemed  to  be  an  investment  company  under  the 
Investment Company Act, requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act, including limitations 
on capital structure, ability to transact business with portfolio companies and ability to compensate key 
employees, could make it impractical for it to continue its business as currently conducted.    

Mitigation: 

•  The Company intends to monitor and conduct its operations so that it will not be deemed to be 

an investment company under the Investment Company Act. 

•  The Company seeks to build value through its current portfolio of majority-owned or primarily 
controlled  subsidiary  companies;  it  is  not  engaged  primarily  in  the  business  of  investing, 
reinvesting,  owning,  holding  or  trading  in  securities  and  does  not  own  or  propose  to  acquire 
investment securities above prescribed thresholds under the Investment Company Act. 

•  Currently the Company holds more than 50% of the voting securities of certain of its portfolio 
companies, and more than 25% of all of its other portfolio companies (except TouchBistro which 
acquired  TableUp  in  a  stock-for-stock  transaction),  and  intends  to  continue  to  try  to  hold  the 
majority of the voting securities in its portfolio companies, or otherwise maintain primary control. 

• 

In addition to ownership levels, the Company seeks to maintain significant influence in portfolio 
companies through a combination of the following:  

o  Rights to elect representatives to the board of directors, with ability to exercise influence over 
the  portfolio  company’s  business  strategy,  operating  plans,  budgets  and  key  corporate 
decisions; 

o  Legal  rights,  such  as  access  to  information  (books  and  records)  and  financial  statements, 
liquidation preferences, registrations rights, rights of first refusal, pre-emptive rights and co-
sale rights; 

o  Protective provisions, such as rights to block certain portfolio company actions; and 
o  Active  involvement  in  the  management  of  our  earlier  stage  portfolio  companies,  such  as 
introductions,  co-locating,  and  key 

shared  service  support,  business  development 
management recruiting. 

8.  

As a result of the Group’s strategy, the Group’s overall success is dependent on a limited, finite 
portfolio of businesses.  If one or more of such businesses were to fail, this would have a material 
adverse impact on the overall value of the Group’s businesses and the Group’s ability to return 
money to shareholders.   

Impact: The failure of one or more remaining Group businesses would materially impact the overall value 
of the Group’s portfolio and have a consequent effect on the returns available to shareholders. 

28 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

Mitigation: 

•  The Board is committed to engaging and working closely with the remaining portfolio companies 

to provide guidance and advice as they navigate funding, operational, and other needs.  

•  The  Board  continues  to  monitor  performance,  progress,  and  development  of  each  portfolio 
company  to  critically  assess  the  return  prospects  of  the  remaining  portfolio  and  make 
adjustments as necessary. 

9. 

Given its current cash and financial position, the Group expects to remain operational through 
December 2023.  However, if the Group is unable to generate sufficient revenue, appropriately 
manage expenses, attract co-investors to participate in follow-on portfolio company financings, 
or generate a sale or other liquidity event for any of its existing portfolio companies or portfolio 
company interests prior to the end of such period, then the Group’s business, financial condition, 
results of operations, prospects and future viability could be adversely affected. 

Impact:  Lack of capital could restrict the Group’s ability to further fund, develop and commercialise its 
existing businesses.  In turn, this could ultimately lead to failure of individual portfolio companies and loss 
of investment as well as failure of the Group as a whole.    

Mitigation: 

•  The Board and Senior management continually seek to build and maintain close relationships with 
its shareholder base and other strategic partners at the Group level, and each portfolio company 
continually seeks to engage in strategic relationships relevant to their respective markets and to 
maintain  current  information  on  and  awareness  of  potential  fund-raising  and  monetisation 
strategies. 

•  The  Company  strives  to  maintain  majority  ownership  and/or  primary  control  over  all  of  the 
portfolio  companies  and/or  portfolio  company  board  representation,  so  that  it  can  seek  to 
influence optimal capital allocation, use of cash, and fund-raising strategy.   

•  The Company has built a valuable portfolio of companies since its inception. 

•  The Company continuously and critically reviews the progress of its portfolio companies against 
pre-set milestones to ensure its financial capital and human resource is properly allocated to the 
more  promising  areas  of  its  portfolio  to  help  strengthen  and  accelerate  the  Group’s  path  to 
monetisation. 

Brexit 

On  23  June  2016,  the  UK  electorate  voted  to  leave  the  European  Union  (EU)  in  a  so-called  “Brexit” 
referendum.  Following several delays, parliament ratified the withdrawal agreement, and the UK left the 
EU on 31 January 2020.  This began a transition period that ended on 31 December 2020.  Effective as of 
1 January 2021, new rules for how the UK and EU will live, work and trade together were put in place.  The 
UK is no longer part of the EU’s political bodies or institutions and is now free to set its own trade policy 
with other countries.   

29 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

It is expected that companies based in the UK and with significant UK and EU operational focus will be the 
most  directly  impacted  by  Brexit.   All  of  the  Group’s  portfolio  companies  are  based  in  the  US,  and 
substantially all of the business and operations of the Group are conducted in the US.   

Brexit exposes the Group to increased foreign currency risk.  Foreign exchange risk is an exposure for the 
Group as it derives substantially all of its revenue in US dollars and the Group’s businesses borrow, account 
in, and are valued in, US dollars, but its shares trade in amounts denominated in pounds sterling.  Any 
capital raised by the Group in the UK would be denominated in pounds sterling, but would be allocated 
to portfolio companies which operate in the US and whose functional currency is US dollars. 

If the Group requires and fails to obtain sufficient capital on acceptable terms, it may be forced to forego 
further investment in developing certain of its current businesses, and otherwise be subject to a material 
adverse impact on the Group’s business and financial condition. 

COVID-19 

The  ongoing  spread  of  the  coronavirus  disease  (COVID-19)  that  started  in  December  2019  has  been 
declared a public health emergency of international concern by the World Health Organisation.  COVID-
19 has the potential to greatly disrupt all aspects of the Group’s business.  Potential impacts include the 
risk to the health and safety of our workforce, the ability for our businesses to operate normally, global 
economics, and the flow of goods and services.  Our people could be at potential health risk if they come 
into  contact  with  confirmed  cases  of  COVID-19.    In  addition,  given  the  mandatory  health  and  safety 
restrictions across the world, including travel and quarantine restrictions, it may affect the ability of our 
workforce to continue working normally.  There could also be disruption to operations as a result of the 
virus negatively impacting our suppliers, customers and partners, including cancelled contracts, suppliers 
and customers going out of business, and delays in performance.  Finally, the virus has already caused 
downturn to the global economy, which may become worse as it continues to spread.  This may make it 
difficult  for  our  portfolio  companies  to  raise  money,  enter  into  new  strategic  partnerships,  retain 
customers, or continue operations.   

In order to mitigate against these risks, we are closely monitoring the health, safety and security of our 
workforce and complying with applicable regulatory requirements and guidelines.  We have continued to 
implement temporary travel restrictions and have made accommodations that will allow our workforce 
to work remotely.  We are also in close communication with all of our customers, suppliers and partners 
to collaborate on how to best support each other’s needs in this difficult environment.   

The Group is closely monitoring developments regarding COVID-19 and will continuously reassess and put 
in place appropriate continuity plans to mitigate against the risks faced.  Furthermore, with the release 
and distribution of viable vaccinations for COVID-19 in January 2021, we hope that the health and safety 
of all will be better protected in the coming year.  

Corporate and Social Responsibility 

Details on the Group’s policies, activities and aims with regard to its corporate and social responsibilities, 
including diversity, are included in the Sustainability section on pages 53 to 56 and are incorporated into 
this Strategic Report by reference. 

30 

STRATEGIC REPORT  

This Strategic Report has been approved by the Board of Directors.  

ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD 

Harry Rein  
Chairman  

29 March 2021 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE 

The Board 

Non-Executive Directors 

Harry Rein – Non-Executive Chairman 

Harry joined Allied Minds as an independent Non-Executive Director in November 2017, and has served 
as the Non-Executive Chairman since March 2020.  Harry brings extensive experience from the venture 
capital  sector,  most  recently  serving  as  General  Partner  for  10  years  at  Foundation  Medical  Partners, 
having been instrumental in its formation.  Foundation is an early stage venture capital firm focused on 
the healthcare sector.  Prior to Foundation, Harry served as Founder and Managing Partner at Canaan 
Partners.  Harry was responsible for life sciences investments at both Foundation and Canaan.  Prior to 
Canaan, Harry was President and CEO of GE Venture Capital Corporation, having joined General Electric 
Company in 1979.  He directed several of General Electric's lighting businesses before joining the venture 
capital  subsidiary.    Harry  currently  serves  on  the  Board  of  DeliverCareRX  and  served  on  the  Board  of 
Anadigics  (NASDAQ:  ANAD)  until  2016.    He  has  served  on  the  Board  of  over  20  public  and  private 
entrepreneurial  companies,  including:  Cell  Pathways;  OraPharma;  National  MD;  OmniSonics;  GenVec 
(NASDAQ:  GNVC);  CardioNet  (NASDAQ:  BEAT)  and  Spine  Wave,  and  was  an  investor  in  Praecis 
Pharmaceuticals (NASDAQ: PRCS).  Harry attended Emory University and Oglethorpe College (1969) and 
holds a MBA from the Darden School at the University of Virginia (1973).  Harry serves on each of the 
Audit, Nomination (Chair) and Remuneration Committees. 

Bruce Failing – Senior Independent Director  

Bruce joined Allied Minds as the Senior Independent Director in March 2020.  Bruce has over 30 years of 
management  and  investment  experience  in  the  areas  of  media  and  consumer  products,  applied 
technology  and  logistics  management.    He  founded  and  currently  is  the  General  Partner  of  Alerion 
Partners and serves on the Boards of Directors of Instadium as the Executive Chairman, Enviroscent and 
DeliverCareRX.    Previously,  he  was  CEO  of  Productivity  Solutions,  Electronic  Retailing  Systems  and 
Actmedia,  and  Executive  Chairman  of  ScentAir  Technologies  and  Lamaze  Publishing  &  the  Newborn 
Channel. Bruce attended Tufts University (1971) and holds an MBA from Harvard Business School (1973).  
Bruce serves on each of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration (Chair) Committees. 

Mark Lerdal - Independent Non-Executive Director 

Mark joined Allied Minds as an independent Non-Executive Director in December 2019.  Mark brings more 
than 30 years of executive leadership to his role at Allied Minds, as well as numerous executive and non-
executive board directorships at public and private companies.  Mark currently serves as the executive 
chairman  of  Leaf  Clean  Energy  Company.    Previously,  Mark  has  served  as  managing  director  of  MP2 
Capital, LLC, president of Hydrogen Energy California, a developer of a carbon capture and sequestration 
facility, and a managing director at KKR Finance in its debt securities division.  Mark served on the Boards 
of Directors of Trading Emissions plc (LSE: TRE) until January 2019, TerraForm Global Inc. (NASDAQ: GLBL) 
until December 2017, and TerraForm Power (NASDAQ: TERP) until November 2015.   Mark also serves on 
a  number  of  private  company  boards,  including  Empower  Energies,  Southern  Current,  Cotton  Plains 
Holding  III  and  Canadian  Breaks.    Mark  attended  Stanford  University  (1981)  and  holds  a  JD  from 
Northwestern  University  Pritzker  School  of  Law  (1984).    Mark  serves  on  each  of  the  Audit  (Chair), 

32 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Nomination and Remuneration Committees. 

Former Executive Directors 

Joseph Pignato – Chief Executive Officer (resigned) 

Joe joined Allied Minds as Chief Financial Officer in August 2015, served as Co-Chief Executive Officer and 
Executive Director from June 2019, served as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director from March 
2020, and resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director in January 2021.  Joe continues to 
serve as Chief Financial Officer.   

Michael Turner – Co-Chief Executive Officer (resigned) 

Mike joined Allied Minds as General Counsel in May 2014, served as Executive Vice President and General 
Counsel from March 2015, served as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director from June 2019, 
and  resigned  from  Allied  Minds  and  the  Board  in  March  2020.    Upon  his  resignation,  Joe  Pignato  was 
appointed sole Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director. 

Former Non-Executive Directors 

Jeff Rohr – Non-Executive Chairman (resigned) 

Jeff  joined  Allied  Minds  as  an  independent  Non-Executive  Director  in  April  2014,  served  as  the  Non-
Executive Chairman since June 2019, and resigned from the Board in March 2020.  Jeff was succeeded by 
Harry Rein as Non-Executive Chairman and as Chair of the Nomination Committee.   

Table of Board Attendance 

The table below summarises the attendance of the Directors at the scheduled meetings held during the 
year: 

Director 
Joseph Pignato(1) 
Harry Rein 
Mark Lerdal 
Bruce Failing(2) 
Michael Turner(3) 
Jeffrey Rohr(4) 

--------------- 

Meetings Attended 

Audit 
Committee 
n/a 
4 of 4 
4 of 4 
3 of 3 
n/a 
1 of 1 

Nomination 
Committee 
n/a 
4 of 4 
4 of 4 
2 of 2 
n/a 
2 of 2 

Remuneration 
Committee 
n/a 
3 of 3 
3 of 3 
2 of 2 
n/a 
1 of 1 

Board 
10 of 10 
10 of 10 
10 of 10 
8 of 8 
2 of 2 
2 of 2 

1  Mr. Pignato was appointed to the Board on 10 June 2019, and resigned effective as of 14 January 

2021. 

2  Mr. Failing was appointed to the Board, and as a member of each of the Audit, Nomination and 

Remuneration Committee, on 10 March 2020. 

3  Mr. Turner was appointed to the Board on 10 June 2019, and resigned effective as of 10 March 

2020.  

4  Mr. Rohr resigned from the Board effective as of 10 March 2020. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Directors’ Report 

The Directors present their report together with the audited financial statements for Allied Minds plc and 
its subsidiaries for the year ended 31 December 2020.  The Company was incorporated on 15 April 2014 
under the UK Companies Act 2006 (Companies Act). 

Directors 

The Directors of the Company as at 31 December 2020 were those listed on pages 32 to 33 and these 
pages are incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference.  The changes to the composition of the 
Board during the year were: 

•  The resignation of Michael Turner as an Executive Director on 10 March 2020. 

•  The resignation of Jeffrey Rohr as a Non-Executive Director on 10 March 2020.  

•  The appointment of Bruce Failing as a Non-Executive Director on 10 March 2020. 

•  Post-period end, the resignation of Joseph Pignato as an Executive Director on 14 January 2021. 

The Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company are as shown in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 75 to 76.  None of the Directors were materially interested in any significant contract to 
which the Company or any of its portfolio companies were party during the year. 

Corporate Governance 

Information  that  fulfils  the  requirements  of  the  corporate  governance  statement  can  be  found  in  the 
Corporate Governance Report on pages 42 to 52, the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 62 to 83, 
and the Audit Committee Report on pages 84 to 88, and is incorporated into this Report of the Directors 
by reference. 

Directors’ Compensation for Loss of Office and Payments to Past Directors 

With the exception of payments to past directors and loss of office payments previously disclosed in our 
2019 Annual Report and Accounts, no payments to past directors and no loss of office payments were 
made during the last financial year. 

Employees 

The  Group’s  policies  in  relation  to  employees  are  disclosed  on  pages  60  to  61,  and  these  pages  are 
incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference. 

Results and Dividends 

During the period, the Group generated a net comprehensive loss after taxation for the year ended 31 
December 2020 of $55.6 million (2019: income of $51.1 million).  The Directors do not recommend the 
payment of an ordinary dividend for 2020 (2019: nil).  However, on 16 January 2020, the Board declared 
a  special  dividend  of  12.62  pence  per  ordinary  share  (Special  Dividend)  totalling  £30.49  million.    The 
ordinary shares went ex-dividend on 23 January 2020, and the Special Dividend was paid in cash on 14 
February 2020 to holders of ordinary shares recorded on the register as at the close of business on 24 
January 2020. 

34 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Strategic Report 

The Group’s Strategic Report can be found on pages 7 to 31, and includes information as to the Group’s 
activities in the field of research and development, and as to the likely future development of the Group.  
Financial key performance indicators can be found on page 19. 

The Strategic Report contains forward-looking statements with respect to the business of Allied Minds.  
These  statements  reflect  the  Board’s  current  view,  are  subject  to  a  number  of  material  known  and 
unknown events, risks and uncertainties, and could  change in  the future.   Factors that could cause or 
contribute  to  such  changes  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  general  economic  climate  and  trading 
conditions, as well as specific factors relating to the financial or commercial prospects or performance of 
the Group’s individual portfolio companies, and the ability to consummate expected fundraising and other 
transactions. 

Principal and Emerging Risks and Uncertainties and Financial Instruments 

The  Group,  through  its  operations,  is  exposed  to  a  number  of  risks.    The  Group’s  risk  management 
objectives and policies are described on pages 24 to 31 and in the Corporate Governance Report on 50 to 
51  Further information on the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies, including those 
in relation to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk, is provided in note 21 to the consolidated financial 
statements,  along  with  further  information  on  the  Group’s  use  of  financial  instruments.    The  pages 
referenced in this paragraph are incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference. 

Significant Agreements 

The Group has not entered into any significant agreements which may be impacted by a change of control 
following a takeover bid.  

Share Capital 

Details of the structure of the Company’s share capital and the rights attaching to the Company’s shares 
are set out in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.  Other than the minimum share ownership 
policy  adopted  by  the  Board  in  April  2016  with  respect  to  Executive  Directors,  there  are  no  specific 
restrictions  on  the  holding  of  securities  or  on  the  transfer  of  shares,  which  are  both  governed  by  the 
general provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association (Articles) and prevailing legislation.  None of 
the  ordinary  shares  carry  any  special  rights  with  regard  to  control  of  the  Company  and  there  are  no 
restrictions on voting rights.  

At the last Annual General Meeting of the Company held on 30 June 2020 (2020 AGM), authority was 
given to the Directors, pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, to allot unissued relevant 
securities in the Company up to a maximum amount equivalent to approximately one-third of the issued 
ordinary share capital on 4 June 2020 at any time up to the earlier of the conclusion of the next Annual 
General  Meeting  (AGM)  of  the  Company  and  30  September  2021.    In  addition,  at  the  2020  AGM,  the 
Directors were also given authority, effective for the same period as the aforementioned authority, to 
allot  relevant  securities  in  the  Company  up  to  a  maximum  of  approximately  two-thirds  of  the  total 
ordinary share capital in issue on 4 June 2020 in connection with an offer by way of a fully pre-emptive 
rights issue.  The Company did not allot any shares under these authorities during the past year.  The 

35 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Directors propose to renew both of these authorities at the Company’s next AGM to be held on 12 May 
2021.  The authorities being sought are in accordance with guidance issued by the Investment Association. 

A special resolution passed at the 2020 AGM granted authority to the Directors to allot equity securities 
in the Company for cash without regard to the pre-emption provisions of the Companies Act, both: (i) up 
to a maximum of approximately two-thirds of the total ordinary share capital in issue on 4 June 2020 in 
connection with a fully pre-emptive rights issue; and (ii) up to a maximum of approximately 5% of the 
aggregate nominal value of the shares in issue on 4 June 2020.  A further special resolution passed at the 
2020 AGM granted authority to the Directors to allot equity securities in the Company for cash, without 
regard to the pre-emption provisions of the Companies Act, up to a maximum of approximately 5% of the 
aggregate  nominal  value  of  the  shares  in  issue  on  4  June  2020,  to  be  used  only  for  the  purposes  of 
financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six months after the original transaction) a 
transaction  which  the  Directors  determine  to  be  an  acquisition  or  other  capital  investment  of  a  kind 
contemplated by the Pre-emption Group’s Statement of Principles.  These authorities are exercisable at 
any time up to the earlier of the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company and 30 September 2021.  
None of these authorities were used during 2020.  The Directors will seek to renew these authorities for 
a similar period at the next AGM to be held on 12 May 2021.   Further details of such authorities are set 
forth in the Notice of AGM circulated with this Report and Accounts. 

The Directors intend to adhere to the provisions in the Pre-emption Group’s Statement of Principles, as 
updated in March 2015, and not to allot shares for cash on a non-pre-emptive basis: 

• 

• 

in excess of an amount equal to 5% of the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
(excluding treasury shares); or  

in excess of an amount equal to 7.5% of the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
(excluding  treasury  shares)  within  a  rolling  three-year  period,  without  prior  consultation  with 
shareholders, 

in  each  case,  other  than  in  connection  with  an  acquisition  or  specified  capital  investment  which  is 
announced contemporaneously with the allotment or which has taken place in the preceding six-month 
period and is disclosed in the announcement of the allotment.   

Under the Companies Act, the Company has the power to purchase its own shares in accordance with 
Part 18, Chapter 5 of the Companies Act.  At the 2020 AGM, a special resolution was passed which granted 
the Directors authority to make market purchases of the Company’s shares pursuant to these provisions 
of the Companies Act up to a maximum of approximately 10% of the Company’s issued share capital on 4 
June 2020 provided that the authority granted set a minimum and maximum price at which purchases can 
be  made  and  is  exercisable  at  any  time  up  to  the  earlier  of  the  conclusion  of  the  next  AGM  and  30 
September  2021.    This  authority  has  not  been  used  during  the  year  and  therefore  the  outstanding 
authority is 24,156,831.  While the Company has no current intention to use this authority, the Directors 
will seek to renew the authority within similar parameters and for a similar period at the next AGM to be 
held on 12 May 2021. 

Articles of Association 

The Company’s Articles may be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders. 

36 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Substantial Shareholders 

As  at  31  December  2020,  the  Company  had  been  advised  of  the  following  notifiable  interests  in  the 
Company’s voting rights under DTR 5.  Other than as shown, so far as the Company (and its directors) are 
aware, no other person holds or is beneficially interested in a disclosable interest in the Company. 

Shareholder 
Invesco Ltd. 
Crystal Amber Fund Limited 
GIC Private Limited 
Mark Pritchard 
P3 Private Equity Fund 
InterTrader Limited 

Number of 
Shares 
50,681,998 
43,189,849 
 19,382,360  
 15,197,240  
7,721,846 
8,245,860 

Percentage 
20.93% 
17.83% 
8.00% 
6.27% 
3.19% 
3.40% 

Between the year end and 29 March 2021 (the latest practicable date prior to publication), there have 
been no changes to the substantial shareholders list above. 

Research and Development 

Details  of  the  Group’s  research  and  development  activities  are  included  in  the  Portfolio  Review  and 
Developments section on pages 13 to 18. 

Stakeholder Engagement 

Details  of  the  Group’s  engagement  with  key  stakeholders,  including  suppliers,  customer  and  other 
business relationships are included in the Stakeholder Engagement section on pages 56 to 60.  

Political and Charitable Donations 

The Group did not make any political or charitable donations in 2020 or 2021. 

Corporate and Social Responsibility 

Details on the Group’s policies, activities and aims with regard to its corporate and social responsibilities 
are  included  in  the  Sustainability  section  on  pages  53  to  60,  and  are  incorporated  into  this  Directors’ 
Report by reference. 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions 

Details  on  the  greenhouse  gas  emissions  associated  with  the  Group’s  operations  are  included  in  the 
Sustainability section on pages 53 to 56. 

Directors’ Indemnity and Liability Insurance 

During the year, the Company has maintained liability insurance in respect of its directors who held office 
during the period.  Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, the Articles provide that every director 
is  entitled  to  be  indemnified  out  of  the  funds  of  the  Company  against  any  liabilities  incurred  in  the 
execution or discharge of his or her powers or duties. 

37 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Issuance of Equity by Major Subsidiary Undertaking 

None of the Company’s major subsidiary undertakings (as defined in the Listing Rules) issued equity in 
2020.  

Requirements of the Listing Rules 

The  following  table  provides  references  to  where  the  information  required  by  Listing  Rule  9.8.4R  is 
disclosed: 

Section 
1 
2 
4 

5 
6 
7 

8 

9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 

Listing Rule requirement 
Interest capitalised 
Publication of unaudited financial information 
Details of long-term incentive schemes for an 
individual director 
Waiver of emoluments by a director 
Waiver of future emoluments by a director 
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash 

Location 
Not applicable 
Not applicable 
Not applicable 

Not applicable 
Not applicable 
Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements, Note 15 
Not applicable  

Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by any major 
subsidiary undertaking 
Not applicable 
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary 
Contract of significance with director 
Not applicable 
Contract of significance with a controlling shareholder  Not applicable 
Not applicable 
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder 
Not applicable 
Shareholder waivers of dividends 
Not applicable 
Shareholder waivers of future dividends 
Not applicable 
Relationship agreements with the controlling 
shareholder 

Viability Statement 

While the financial statements and accounts have been prepared on a going concern basis, provision 31 
of  the  2018  version  of  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  (Code)  requires  the  Directors  to  make  a 
statement in the Annual Report with regard to the viability of the Group, including explaining how they 
have assessed the prospects of the Group, the period of time for which they have made the assessment, 
and  why  they  consider  that  period  to  be  appropriate.    Accordingly,  the  Directors  conducted  this 
assessment over the three years to December 2023, taking into account the Group’s current position and 
capital  allocation  strategy.    As  stated  in  the  Company  Overview  on  pages  9  to  12,  the  Directors  have 
determined  to  focus  exclusively  on  supporting  our  seven existing  portfolio  companies  and  maximising 
monetisation  opportunities  for  portfolio  company  interests,  and  not  to  deploy  any  capital  into  new 
portfolio companies.  This shift in strategy, taken together with significant reductions of its central costs 
and the successful HawkEye 360 liquidity event, allows the Company to remain viable for the next three 
years.    This  strategy,  pursued  to  its  conclusion,  would  see  the  Group’s  existing  assets  continue  to  be 
managed and eventually monetised, with no new investments being taken on and with a view to returning 
surplus proceeds to shareholders.  The Directors expect this strategy to take the next three years to be 
fully implemented, and as a matter of good governance, will continue to keep this strategy under review 

38 

 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

at appropriate intervals.  Consequently, in terms of reporting on the viability of the Group as required 
under the Code, the Directors have prepared projections running out three years to December 2023 as, 
in their view, this remains an appropriate period, notwithstanding the eventual conclusion to the strategy 
as outlined. 

The Directors also carried out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group, 
including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity, and the 
other principal and emerging risks detailed in the Strategic Report.  The three-year period includes the 
assumption that further funding is not required by the Group in the form of proceeds from either the sale 
of  individual  portfolio  companies,  the  sale  of  certain  portfolio  company  interests  in  secondary  market 
transactions,  or  a  combination  thereof.    The  Directors  believe  that  a  three-year  assessment  is  most 
appropriate as it aligns with the Group’s normal and well-established budgeting process.  In making their 
assessment, the Directors considered a wide range of information, including present and future economic 
conditions, future projections of profitability, cash flows and capital requirements, and the potential sale 
of certain portfolio company interests in secondary market transactions.  

The  Group’s  annual  budgeting  process  builds  into  a  robust  three-year  plan,  which  is  the  period  the 
Directors consider as an appropriate period to be covered by the viability statement.  This plan forms the 
basis for strategic decisions across the Group.  The consolidated plan is reviewed and approved annually 
by the Directors at the beginning of the year.  The plan is then deployed down to the portfolio companies 
and used to set performance metrics and objectives (MBOs).  Progress against the original plan is reviewed 
quarterly by the Directors, and adjustments to the plan can be made if needed to address new risks or to 
take advantage of new opportunities.   

In  summary,  the  Directors  have  assessed  the  viability  of  the  Group  over  the  three-year  period  to 
December 2023.  They were comforted by management’s proactive steps taken in 2019 and implemented 
in 2020 to manage cash expenses, the retained cash proceeds from the sale of its shares of HawkEye 360, 
its long-term capital allocation objectives, the Group’s control over its capital allocation and how working 
capital  requirements  are  met,  and  careful  budgeting  by  the  Group  for  such  period.    Based  on  this 
assessment,  the  Directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Group  will  be  able  to  continue  in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period to December 2023. 

Disclosure of Information to Auditor 

Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that: 

• 

• 

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware; and 

the Director has taken all steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make 
himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of 
the Companies Act. 

39 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Annual General Meeting 

The  Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  will  be  held  at  10.00  EST  on  12  May  2021  at  Allied  Minds’ 
headquarters located at 374 Congress Street, Suite 308, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, USA.  The Notice 
of  AGM  circulated  with  this  Report  and  Accounts  contains  a  full  explanation  of  the  business  to  be 
conducted at that meeting.   

Auditors 

In accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the appointment of BDO LLP 
as auditor of the Company is to be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. 

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year.  Under that 
law the directors are required to prepare the group financial statements, in accordance with applicable 
law and international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and  International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 
as it applies in the European Union. 

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the group and company and of their profit or loss 
for that period. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently; 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 

•  provide  additional  disclosures  when  compliance  with  the  specific  requirements  in  IFRSs  are 
insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and 
conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance;  

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 

the group will continue in business; and   

•  prepare a director’s report, a strategic report and director’s remuneration report which comply 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the parent company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.  The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company and hence 
for  taking  reasonable  steps  for  the  prevention  and  detection  of  fraud  and  other  irregularities.  The 
Directors are responsible for ensuring that the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 

40 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

balanced,  and  understandable  and  provides  the  information  necessary  for  shareholders  to  assess  the 
group’s performance, business model and strategy. 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  ensuring  the  annual  report  and  the  financial  statements  are  made 
available on a website. Financial statements are published on the company’s website in accordance with 
legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements, 
which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the company’s 
website is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends  to  the ongoing 
integrity of the financial statements contained therein.  

Directors responsibilities pursuant to DTR4 

The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge: 

•  

the  consolidated  and  Parent  Company  financial  statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with  the 
relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole; and 

•   The annual report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and 
the financial position of the group and the parent company, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face. 

We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy. 

ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD 

Harry Rein  
Chairman  

29 March 2021 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Corporate Governance Report 

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 

The Directors are committed to a high standard of corporate governance and have prepared this Annual 
Report with reference to the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (Code) which was published by the 
Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in July 2018.  The Code is available at the FRC website at www.frc.org.uk.  
During  the  year  ended  31  December  2020,  the  Directors  consider  that  the  Company  has  been  in 
compliance with the provisions set out in the Code with the following exceptions: 

•   Contrary  to  provision  34  of  the  Code,  certain  Non-Executive  Directors  hold  restricted  stock  units 
(RSUs) that vest over time.  These RSUs were granted to the Non-Executive Directors in 2016, 2017, 
2018, 2019, and 2020 and do not have performance conditions.  After careful consideration, given 
that  the  level  of  the  awards  are  limited,  do  not  have  performance-based  vesting,  and  effectively 
operate like cash remuneration, the Board does not believe that ownership of these RSUs impacts the 
independence of the Non-Executive Directors.   

•  Contrary to provision 24 of the Code, the Chairman, Harry Rein, was a member of the Audit Committee 
in  2020.    The  Board  believes  that  Mr.  Rein’s  professional  background  and  experience  made him  a 
valuable member of the Audit Committee and that his membership was in the best interests of our 
shareholders.   

•  Contrary  to  provision  20,  an  external  search  consultancy  was  not  used  to  identify  and  recruit  Mr. 
Failing  as  a  Non-Executive  Director.    Mr.  Failing  was  proposed  as  a  director  candidate  by  a  Non-
Executive Director on the Board.  After careful consideration of Mr. Failing’s qualifications and upon 
recommendation by the Nomination Committee, Mr. Failing was appointed to the Board and will be 
up for shareholder re-election at the 2021 AGM.   

•  Effective as of 14 January 2021, the Company no longer employs a chief executive officer.  Given the 
strategic shift of the Group and the stated objective of the Group for the next two to three years, the 
Company’s Board and management determined that the most effective and efficient path to execute 
upon such strategy is to eliminate the chief executive officer role and to have direct participation by 
the Board on the boards of the portfolio companies.  This is contrary to provision 9 of the Code.  

Further explanation as to how the provisions set out in the Code have been applied by the Company is 
provided in the following statements, the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the Audit Committee Report 
and the Strategic Report. 

The Board 

Role and Responsibilities of the Board 

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the overall management of the Group as a whole, providing 
entrepreneurial  leadership  within  a  framework  of  controls  for  assessing  and  managing  risk;  defining, 
challenging and interrogating the Group’s strategic aim, direction and culture; maintaining the policy and 
decision-making framework in which such strategic aims are implemented; ensuring that the necessary 
financial and human resources are in place to meet strategic aims; monitoring performance against key 

42 

 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

financial and non-financial indicators; succession planning; overseeing the system of risk management; 
setting  values  and  standards  in  governance  matters;  and  monitoring  policies  and  performance  on 
corporate  social  responsibility.    The  Directors  are  also  responsible  for  ensuring  that  obligations  to 
shareholders  and  other  stakeholders  are  understood  and  met,  and  a  satisfactory  dialogue  with 
shareholders is maintained.  All Directors are equally accountable to the Company’s shareholders for the 
proper stewardship of its affairs and the long-term success of the Group. 

The responsibility of the Directors is collective.  The Directors are responsible for constructively developing 
and  challenging  proposals  on  strategy,  scrutinising  the  performance  of  management  of  portfolio 
companies, determining levels of remuneration and for succession planning for the senior management 
of the company and portfolio companies.  The Non-Executive Directors must also satisfy themselves on 
the  integrity  of  financial  information  and  that  financial  controls  and  systems  of  risk  management  are 
robust. 

The Board reviews strategic issues on a regular basis and exercises control over the performance of the 
Group by agreeing on budgetary targets and monitoring performance against those targets.  The Board 
has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of internal controls and risk management, as described 
on pages 50 to 52.  Any decisions made by the Board on policies and strategy to be adopted by the Group 
or changes to current policies and strategy are made following presentations by the Directors or senior 
management at the Company and a detailed process of review and challenge by the Board.  Once made, 
the Directors are fully empowered to implement those decisions. 

Except for a formal schedule of matters which are reserved for decision and approval by the Board, the 
Board  has  delegated  the  day-to-day  management  of  the  Group  to  the  Chairman  who  is  supported  by 
members  of  the  senior  management  team.    The  schedule  of  matters  reserved  for  Board  decision  and 
approval are those significant to  the  Group as a whole due  to their strategic,  financial or reputational 
implications. 

This schedule is reviewed and updated regularly and currently includes those matters set forth below: 

•   Approval and monitoring of the Group’s strategic aims and objectives, and approval of the annual 

operating budget. 

•   Strategic acquisitions by the Group. 

•   Major disposals of the Group’s assets or subsidiaries. 

•   Changes to the Group’s capital structure, the issue of any securities and material borrowing of the 

Group. 

•   Approval of the annual report and half-year results statement, accounting policies and practices 

or any matter having a material impact on future financial performance of the Group. 

•   Ensuring a sound system of internal control and risk management. 

•   Approval of all circulars, prospectuses and other documents issued to shareholders governed by 
the FCA’s Listing Rules, Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules or the City Code on Takeovers 
and Mergers. 

43 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

•   Approving  Board  appointments  and  removals,  and  approving  policies  relating  to  Directors’ 

remuneration. 

•   Approval of terms of reference and membership of Board Committees. 

•   Considering and, where appropriate, approving Directors’ conflicts of interest. 

•   Approval, subject to shareholder approval, of the appointment and remuneration of the auditors. 

•   Major changes in employee share schemes. 

•  

Insurance and litigation. 

The schedule of matters reserved to the Board is available on request from the Company Secretary or 
within the Investors section of the Group’s website at www.alliedminds.com. 

The Board delegates specific responsibilities to certain Committees that assist the Board in carrying out 
its  functions  and  ensure  independent  oversight  of  internal  control  and  risk  management.    The  three 
principal Board Committees (Audit, Nomination and Remuneration) play an essential role in supporting 
the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities and ensuring that the highest standards of corporate governance 
are maintained throughout the Group.  Each Committee has its own terms of reference which set out the 
specific matters for which delegated authority has been given by the Board.  The initial terms of reference 
for each of the Committees, which are fully compliant with the provisions of the Code and which reflect 
both best practice and the recommendations arising from the external evaluation process undergone by 
the Board and its Committees in connection with the Company’s IPO, were adopted by the Board during 
2014.  These were reviewed in November 2020, and will be reviewed annually on an ongoing basis and 
updated where necessary.  All of these are available on request from the Company Secretary or within 
the Investors section of the Group’s website at www.alliedminds.com. 

Board Size and Composition 

As  at  31  December  2020,  there  were  four  Directors  on  the  Board:  the  Non-Executive  Chairman,  one 
Executive Director and two Non-Executive Directors.  During the year, changes to the composition of the 
Board were: 

•  The resignation of Michael Turner as an Executive Director on 10 March 2020. 

•  The resignation of Jeffrey Rohr as a Non-Executive Director on 10 March 2020. 

•  The appointment of Bruce Failing as a Non-Executive Director on 10 March 2020. 

•  Post-period end, the resignation of Joseph Pignato as an Executive Director on 14 January 2021. 

The biographies of all of the Directors are provided on pages 32 to 33.  

The Company’s policy relating to the terms of appointment and the remuneration of both Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors is detailed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 83. 

The size and composition of the Board is regularly reviewed by the Board, and in particular the Nomination 
Committee, to ensure there is an appropriate and diverse mix of skills and experience on the Board. 

44 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

The Company’s Articles allow appointment of Directors by ordinary resolution and require all Directors to 
submit  themselves  for  re-election  by  the  shareholders  at  the  Company’s  AGM  following  their  first 
appointment and thereafter at each AGM in respect of which they have held office for the two preceding 
AGMs  and  did  not  retire  at  either  of  them.    In  addition,  each  director  who  has  held  office  with  the 
Company for a continuous period of nine years or more must retire and offer themselves up for re-election 
at every AGM. 

However, in accordance with provision 18 of the Code and in line with the Company’s past practice, all 
Directors will submit themselves for annual re-election by shareholders at the AGM of the Company to be 
held on 12 May 2021.  The Board recommends to shareholders the reappointment of all Directors retiring 
at  the  meeting  and  offering  themselves  for  re-election  on  the  basis  that  independent  performance 
reviews  demonstrated  that  they  each  contribute  effectively  to  the  Board  and  continue  to  display  the 
appropriate level of commitment in their respective roles.  Furthermore, such reviews, together with the 
recruitment  and  evaluation  of  new  Directors  that  have  joined  the  Board,  highlight  that  the  skills, 
experience, opinions and judgment of each Director up for re-election are important to the Company’s 
long-term  sustainable  success  because  they  complement  each  other  and  will  enable  the  Company  to 
effectively execute on its strategy of delivering shareholder value by focusing on its existing portfolio and 
maximising monetisation opportunities for portfolio company interests.  

Diversity 

The  Board  is  committed  to  a  culture  that  attracts  and  retains  talented  people  to  deliver  outstanding 
performance and further enhance the success of the Company.  In that culture, diversity across a range 
of criteria is valued, primarily in relation to skills, knowledge and experience and also in other criteria such 
as gender and ethnicity.  The Company will give careful consideration to issues of overall Board balance 
and  diversity  in  making  new  appointments  to  the  Board.    In  identifying  suitable  candidates,  the 
Nomination Committee will seek candidates from a range of backgrounds, with the final decision being 
based  on  merit  against  objective  criteria.    In  addition,  the  terms  of  reference  of  the  Nomination 
Committee  include  a  requirement  for  the  Committee  to  consider  diversity,  including  gender,  age, 
professional  background,  and  ethnicity,  in  evaluating  the  composition  of  the  Board  and  in  identifying 
suitable candidates for Board appointments.  A breakdown of employee gender showing the percentage 
of persons who were Directors of the Company and senior managers during the period covered by this 
Annual Report can be found on page 61. 

Non-Executive Directors 

The Non-Executive Directors provide a wide range of skills and experience to the Group.  They bring their 
own  senior  level  of  experience  in  each  of  their  respective  fields,  robust  opinions  and  an  independent 
judgement on issues of strategy, performance, risk and people.  They are well-placed to constructively 
challenge and scrutinise the performance of management at Board and Committee meetings.  The Code 
sets  out  the  circumstances  that  should  be  relevant  to  the  Board  in  determining  whether  each  Non-
Executive  Director  is  independent.    The  Board  considers  Non-Executive  Director  independence  on  an 
annual basis as part of each Non-Executive Director’s performance evaluation.  Having undertaken this 
review and with due regard to provision 10 of the Code, the Board has concluded this year that all of the 
Non-Executive Directors are considered by the Board to be independent of management and free of any 
relationship or circumstance which could materially influence or interfere with, or affect, or appear to 
affect, the exercise of their independent judgement. 

45 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Non-Executive Directors are required to obtain the approval of the Chairman before taking on any further 
appointments and the Chairman and Executive Director require the approval of the Board before adding 
to their commitments.  In all cases, the Directors must ensure that their external appointments do not 
involve excessive time commitment or cause a conflict of interest. 

The Role of Chairman  

Harry Rein is the current Non-Executive Chairman, succeeding Jeff Rohr upon his resignation on 10 March 
2020.  As  announced  post-period  end,  the  Board  and  management  have  determined  that  the  most 
effective and efficient path forward is direct management of the Group by the Board. Given the Group’s 
strategic objective to maximise the value of the remaining portfolio and focus on delivering returns to 
shareholders  in  the  next  two  to  three  years,  the  Board  believes  that  at  this  stage,  the  Non-Executive 
Directors have the ability to execute upon such strategy through their direct involvement with each of the 
Group’s portfolio. Accordingly, the Board does not intend to appoint a new chief executive officer at this 
time. 

The  Chairman  is  responsible  for  the  leadership  and  conduct  of  the  Board,  the  conduct  of  the  Group’s 
affairs and strategy and for ensuring effective communication with shareholders.  The Chairman facilitates 
the full and effective contribution of Non-Executive Directors at Board and Committee meetings, ensures 
that  they  are  kept  well  informed  and  ensures  a  constructive  relationship  between  the  Non-Executive 
Directors.    The  Chairman  also  ensures  that  the  Board  Committees  carry  out  their  duties,  including 
reporting back to the Board either orally or in writing following their meetings at the next Board meeting.  
The Chairman was deemed to be independent of management upon his appointment to the role. 

The  role  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Joe  Pignato,  was  to  lead  the  delivery  of  the  strategy  and  the 
executive management of the Group and its operating businesses.  He was responsible, amongst other 
things, for the development and implementation of strategy and processes which enable the Group to 
meet the requirements of shareholders, for delivering the operating plans and budgets for the Group’s 
businesses, monitoring business performance against key performance indicators (KPIs) and reporting on 
these to the Board and for providing the appropriate environment to recruit, engage, retain and develop 
the high quality personnel needed to deliver the Group’s strategy. 

Senior Independent Director 

Bruce Failing is the current Senior Independent Director, succeeding Harry Rein upon his assumption of 
the  Chairman  role.    A  key  responsibility  of  the  Senior  Independent  Director  is  to  be  available  to 
shareholders in the event that they may feel it inappropriate to relay views through the Chairman or Chief 
Executive Officer.  In addition, the Senior Independent Director serves as an intermediary between the 
rest of the Board and the Chairman where necessary and takes the lead when the Non-Executive Directors 
assess the Chairman’s performance and when the appointment of a new Chairman is considered.  Further, 
the  Senior  Independent  Director  will  lead  the  Board  in  its  deliberations  on  any  matters  on  which  the 
Chairman is conflicted. 

Board Support 

The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for ensuring Board procedures are followed, applicable 
rules and regulations are complied with and that the Board is advised on governance matters and relevant 
regulatory  matters.    All  Directors  have  access  to  the  impartial  advice  and  services  of  the  Company 

46 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Secretary.  There is also an agreed procedure for directors to take independent professional advice at the 
Company’s expense.  In accordance with the Company’s Articles and a contractual Deed of Indemnity, 
Directors  have  been  granted  an  indemnity  issued  by  the  Company  to  the  extent  permitted  by  law  in 
respect of liabilities incurred to third parties as a result of their office.  The indemnity would not provide 
any  coverage  where  a  director  is  proved  to  have  acted  fraudulently  or  with  willful  misconduct.    The 
Company has also arranged appropriate insurance coverage in respect of legal action against its directors 
and officers. 

Board Meetings and Decisions 

The Board meets regularly during the year, as well as when required by business needs.  The Board had 
ten scheduled Board meetings in 2020.  During their term of service, each of the Directors were present 
at the meetings during the year as set out in the table on page 33.   

The schedule of Board and Committee meetings each year is, so far as is possible, determined before the 
commencement of that year and all Directors or, if appropriate, all Committee members are expected to 
attend each meeting.  Supplementary meetings of the Board and/or the Committees are held as and when 
necessary.  Each member of the Board receives detailed Board packs, including an agenda based upon the 
schedule of matters reserved for its approval, appropriate reports and briefing papers in advance of each 
scheduled meeting.  If a director is unable to attend a meeting due to exceptional circumstances, he or 
she will still receive the supporting papers and is expected to discuss any matters he or she wishes to raise 
with the Chairman in advance of the meeting.  The Board, Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary 
work together to ensure that the Directors receive relevant information to enable them to discharge their 
duties  and  that  such  information  is  accurate,  timely  and  clear.    This  information  includes  quarterly 
management accounts containing analysis of performance against budget and other forecasts.  Additional 
information is provided as appropriate or if requested.  At each meeting, the Board receives information, 
reports  and  presentations  from  members  of  senior  management  as  required.    This  ensures  that  all 
Directors are aware of, and are in a position to monitor effectively, the overall performance of the Group, 
its development and implementation of strategy and its management of risk. 

Any matter requiring a decision by the Board is supported by a paper analysing the relevant aspects of 
the  proposal  including  costs,  benefits,  potential  risks  involved  and  proposed  executive  management 
action and recommendations. 

The majority of Board meetings are held at the Group’s offices in Boston, Massachusetts, USA, which gives 
members of the Company’s senior management team, as well as the senior managers of the portfolio 
companies, the opportunity to formally present to the Board.  This assists the Board in gaining a deeper 
understanding of the breadth, stage of development and diversity of the Group’s portfolio companies.    In 
2020, due to the challenges caused by COVID-19, and in the interest of protecting the health and safety 
of the Board and all employees, the majority of Board meetings were held via video teleconference.   

Directors’ Conflicts of Interest 

Each director has a statutory duty under the Companies Act to avoid a situation in which he or she has or 
can have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts or may potentially conflict with the interests of the 
Company.  This duty is in addition to the continuing duty that a director owes to the Company to disclose 
to the Board any transaction or arrangement under consideration by the Company in which he or she is 

47 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

interested.    The  Company’s  Articles  permit  the  Board  to  authorise  conflicts  or  potential  conflicts  of 
interest.  The Board has established procedures for managing and, where appropriate, authorising any 
such conflicts or potential conflicts of interest.  It is a recurring agenda item at all Board meetings and this 
gives  the  directors  the  opportunity  to  raise  at  the  beginning  of  every  Board  meeting,  any  actual  or 
potential conflict of interests that they may have on the matters to be discussed, or to update the Board 
on any change to a previous conflict of interest already declared.  In deciding whether to authorise any 
conflict,  the  directors  must  have  regard  to  their  general  duties  under  the  Companies  Act  and  their 
overriding  obligation  to  act  in  a  way  they  consider,  in  good  faith,  will  be  most  likely  to  promote  the 
Company’s  success.    In  addition,  the  directors  are  able  to  impose  limits  or  conditions  when  giving 
authorisation  to  a  conflict  or  potential  conflict  of  interest  if  they  think  this  is  appropriate.    The 
authorisation of any conflict matter, and the terms of any authorisation, may be reviewed by the Board 
at any time.   The Board  believes that the  procedures established to  deal with conflicts of interest are 
operating effectively. 

Induction, Awareness and Development 

A comprehensive induction process is in place for new directors.  The programme is tailored to the needs 
of each individual director and agreed with him or her so that he or she can gain a better understanding 
of the Group and its businesses.  This will generally include an overview of the Group and its businesses, 
structure, functions and strategic aims; site visits to the Group’s head office in Boston, Massachusetts, 
USA; and, upon request, site visits to a number of the Group’s portfolio companies, which will include 
meeting  with  such  companies’  management  and  a  presentation  from  them  on  their  businesses.    In 
addition,  the  Company  facilitates  sessions  as  appropriate  with  the  Group’s  advisers,  in  particular  its 
corporate broker, Numis Securities Limited, as well as with appropriate governance specialists, to ensure 
that any new directors are fully aware of and understand their responsibilities and obligations as a director 
of a listed company and of the governance framework within which they must operate.  A new director 
may also seek to meet major shareholders. 

In  order  to  ensure  that  the  Directors  continue  to  further  their  understanding  of  the  issues  facing  the 
Group, the Board is also exposed to the early-stage opportunities in which the Group has invested through 
presentations at Board meetings by relevant members of the Group’s staff.  In addition, other members 
of senior management present to the Board to enhance the Board’s awareness of how the Group operates 
on  a  day-to-day  basis  and  how  such  functions  operate  so  as  to  assist  in  the  execution  of  the  Group’s 
strategy of maximising total returns to all shareholders through monetisation of its existing portfolio. 

As  a  further  aspect  of  their  ongoing  development,  each  Director  also  receives  feedback  on  his  or  her 
performance  following  the  Board’s  performance  evaluation  in  each  year  and,  through  the  Company 
Secretary,  access  is  facilitated  to  relevant  training  and  development  opportunities  including  those 
relevant to the Non-Executive Directors’ membership on the Board’s Committees. 

Board Effectiveness and Performance Evaluation 

A performance evaluation of the Board and its Committees is carried out annually to ensure that they 
continue to be effective and that each of the Directors demonstrates commitment to his or her respective 
role and has  sufficient time to meet his or her commitment  to the Company.  The Board  conducts an 
internally  facilitated  Board  evaluation  led  by  the  Chairman,  assisted  by  the  Company  Secretary,  and 
covering the effectiveness of the Board as a whole, its individual Directors and its Committees.  This review 

48 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

includes each of the Board and Committee members completing a detailed questionnaire.  A summary of 
the  results  of  the  questionnaire  and  review,  together  with  the  Chairman  and  Company  Secretary’s 
observations and recommendations, are prepared and shared with members of the Board.  The Board 
engages in a discussion of these results, provides feedback on the observations and recommendations, 
and  develops  a  list  of  proposed  improvements  and  actions,  as  deemed  necessary.    In  addition  to  the 
aforementioned annual reviews, the performance of the Executive Director is reviewed by the Board on 
an ongoing basis, as deemed necessary. 

During  the  2020  financial  year,  the  Board  assessed  its  own  effectiveness  through  an  internal  Board 
evaluation  process.    This  process  was  based  on:  a  review  of  documentation  including  Board  and 
Committee  terms  of  reference,  the  completion  of  a  survey  to  Directors  comprising  quantitative  and 
qualitative  questions;  and  discussions  with  all  Board  members  and  a  number  of  stakeholders  who 
regularly interact with the Board, including the Company Secretary.  

The results were analysed by the Chairman and the Company Secretary, and a detailed discussion was 
facilitated with the Board to outline the observations and recommendations.  Overall it was concluded 
that the Board continues to work effectively.  The changes to the Board composition in recent years have 
resulted in a well-balanced Board with a range of skills and experience.  The size of the Board continues 
to be appropriate given the Group’s current position and capital allocation strategy to focus exclusively 
on  supporting  our  seven  existing  portfolio  companies  and  maximising  monetisation  opportunities  for 
portfolio company interests, and not to deploy any capital into new portfolio companies.  The Board did 
not recommend any changes it considered necessary. 

Committees of the Board 

The composition of the three Committees of the Board and the attendance of the members throughout 
the year is set out in the table on page 33.  The terms of reference of each Committee are available on 
request  from  the  Company  Secretary  or  within  the  Investors  section  of  the  Group’s  website  at 
www.alliedminds.com. 

Remuneration and Audit Committees 

Separate reports on the role, composition, responsibilities and operation of the Remuneration Committee 
and  the  Audit  Committee  are  set  out  on  pages  63  to  64,  and  pages  84  to  85,  respectively,  and  are 
incorporated by reference into this Corporate Governance Report. 

Nomination Committee 

The  Nomination  Committee  leads  the  process  for  Board  appointments,  re-election  and  succession  of 
directors and the Chairman.  Its key objective is to ensure that the Board is comprised of individuals with 
the necessary skills, knowledge and experience to ensure that it is effective in discharging its duties.  It is 
responsible for making recommendations to the Board and its Committees concerning the composition 
and skills of the Board including any changes considered necessary in the identification and nomination 
of new directors, the reappointment of existing directors and the appointment of members to the Board’s 
Committees.  It also assesses the roles of the existing directors in office to ensure there continues to be a 
balanced  Board  in  terms  of  skills,  knowledge,  experience  and  diversity.    In  addition,  the  Nomination 
Committee reviews the senior leadership needs of the Group to enable it to compete effectively in the 
marketplace.  The Nomination Committee also advises the Board on succession planning for Executive 

49 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Director appointments, although the Board itself is responsible for succession generally.  

The Committee was chaired by Jeff Rohr (until his resignation as of 10 March 2020) and Harry Rein (as Mr. 
Rohr’s successor for the remainder of the financial year) and its other members as at 31 December 2020 
were  Bruce  Failing  and  Mark  Lerdal,  being  a  majority  of  independent  Non-Executive  Directors  as 
prescribed by the Code.  The Nomination Committee meets as and when required or as requested by the 
Board.    The  Nomination  Committee  met  four  times  during  2020  to  review  the  structure,  size  and 
composition of the Board, following which it discussed the conclusions with the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive Officer.  Messrs. Rein, Failing, and Lerdal, along with former Director, Mr. Rohr, were present 
at all meetings during the year, as applicable. 

Before selecting  new appointees  to  the Board, the  Nomination  Committee shall  consider the balance, 
skill, knowledge, independence, diversity (including gender) and experience on the Board to ensure that 
a suitable balance is maintained.  The Committee shall adopt a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure 
for the appointment of new directors to the Board.  Consideration shall always be given as to whether 
identified candidates have sufficient time available to devote to the role.  When searching for appropriate 
candidates, the Committee shall give consideration to using an external search company, but may also 
consider candidates who are proposed by existing Board members or employees of the Group.  When the 
Committee has found a suitable candidate, the Chairman of the Committee will make a proposal to the 
whole  Board.    The  appointment  of  a  candidate  is  the  responsibility  of  the  whole  Board  following 
recommendation from the Committee.  The Committee did not use the services of an external search 
company in 2020. 

As part of its annual duties in 2020, the Committee and the full Board fulfilled its duties which resulted in 
the appointment of Bruce Failing as a Non-Executive Director in March 2020.  The Committee did not 
openly advertise or use an external search firm to identify and recruit Mr. Failing, who was recommended 
by existing Directors, and was deemed by the Board to possess the skill, knowledge and experience to 
enhance the effectiveness of the Board.  In the year ahead, the Nomination Committee will continue to 
assess the Board’s size and composition and how it may be enhanced.   

Internal control 

The Board fully recognises the importance of the guidance contained in Guidance on Risk Management, 
Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting (FRC).  The Group’s internal controls and 
risk management systems, which are Group wide, were in place during the whole of 2020, were reviewed 
by the Board and Audit Committee.  After careful consideration and discussion of the Group’s financial 
statements and underlying control systems by the Board and Audit Committee, including extensive review 
and collaboration with the Company’s executive team to remedy issues identified, the Group’s internal 
controls and risk management systems were considered to be effective throughout the year ended 31 
December 2020 and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts.  

The Board and Audit Committee are responsible for establishing and monitoring internal control systems 
and  for  reviewing  the  effectiveness  of  these  systems.    The  Board  views  the  effective  operation  of  a 
rigorous system of internal control as critical to the success of the Group; however, it recognises that such 
systems are designed to manage rather than eliminate risk of failure and can provide only reasonable and 
not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.  The key elements of the Group’s internal 
control system, all of which have been in place during the financial year and up to the date these financial 

50 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

statements were approved, are as follows: 

Control environment and procedures 

The Group has a clear organisational structure with defined responsibilities and accountabilities.  It adopts 
the  highest  values  surrounding  quality,  integrity  and  ethics,  and  these  values  are  documented  and 
communicated clearly throughout the whole organisation. 

Detailed written policies and procedures have been established covering key operating and compliance 
risk areas.  These are reviewed and updated at least once a year.  The effectiveness of the systems of 
internal control is reviewed at least annually by the Board.  The Board reviews and evaluates the internal 
control  policies  and  procedures  in  place  against  the  nature  of  the  Group’s  business,  the  size  of  its 
workforce  and  the  competing  risks  and  interests  being  managed.    Through  these  actions  and 
considerations,  the  Board  has  satisfied  itself  that  the  controls  been  effective  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2020. 

Identification and evaluation of risks 

The Board actively identifies and evaluates the risks inherent in the business, and ensures that appropriate 
controls and procedures are in place to manage these risks.  The Board obtains an update regarding the 
portfolio  companies  on  a  regular  basis,  and  reviews  the  performance  of  the  Group  and  its  portfolio 
companies on a quarterly basis, although performance of specific investments may be reviewed more 
frequently if deemed appropriate.  The Board also obtains a risk management report from members of 
senior management on a regular basis.  The key risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, as well as the 
relevant mitigations, are set out on pages 24 to 31. 

Information and financial reporting systems 

The Group evaluates and manages significant risks associated with the process for preparing consolidated 
accounts by having in place systems and controls that ensure adequate accounting records are maintained 
and that transactions are recorded accurately and fairly to permit the preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with IFRS.  The Board approves the annual operating budgets and each quarter receives 
details of actual performance measured against the budget. 

Principal and emerging risks and uncertainties 

The operations of the Group and the implementation of its objectives and strategy are subject to a number 
of key risks and uncertainties.  Risks are formally reviewed by the Board and Audit Committee at least 
annually and appropriate procedures are put in place to monitor and, to the extent possible, mitigate 
these risks.  Were more than one of the risks to occur together, the overall impact on the Group may be 
compounded.  A summary of the key risks affecting the Group and the steps taken to manage these is set 
out on pages 24 to 31. 

Relations with shareholders 

The Company is committed to a continuous dialogue with shareholders as it believes that this is essential 
to ensure a greater understanding of and confidence amongst its shareholders in the medium and longer 
term strategy of the Group.  It is the responsibility of the Board as a whole to ensure that a satisfactory 
dialogue does take place.  

51 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

The Board’s primary shareholder contact is through the Chairman. The Senior Independent Director and 
other Directors, as appropriate, make themselves available for contact with major shareholders and other 
stakeholders in order to understand their issues and concerns. The Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and 
the other Directors met with major shareholders, IP commercialisation sector brokers and analysts, and 
other stakeholders, on numerous occasions throughout the year in order to discuss the Company and its 
business as well as to receive feedback on the Company’s remuneration programme and other related 
matters.     

The Company uses the AGM as an opportunity to communicate with its shareholders.  Notice of the AGM, 
which will be held at 10.00 ET on Wednesday, 12 May 2021 at the Company’s headquarters located at 
374 Congress Street, Suite 308, Boston, MA 02210 USA, is enclosed with this Report and Accounts.  In 
accordance with the Code, the Notice of AGM is sent to shareholders at least 20 working days before the 
meeting.  Details of the resolutions and the explanatory notes thereto are included with the Notice.  To 
ensure compliance with the Code, the Board proposes separate resolutions for each issue and proxy forms 
which allows shareholders who are unable to attend the AGM to vote on each resolution.  The results of 
all proxy voting shall be published on the Group’s website after the meeting and at the meeting itself to 
those  shareholders  who  attend.    Shareholders  who  attend  the  AGM  will  have  the  opportunity  to  ask 
questions and the Chairman and the Directors are expected to be available to take questions. 

The Group’s website at www.alliedminds.com is the primary source of information on the Group.  The 
website includes an overview of the activities of the Group, details of its portfolio companies, and details 
of all recent Group and portfolio company announcements. 

Political expenditure 

It is the Board’s policy not to incur political expenditure or otherwise make cash contributions to political 
parties and it has no intention of changing that policy. 

Going concern 

The Directors acknowledge that the ongoing spread of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) that started in 
December 2019 has the potential to greatly disrupt all aspects of the Group’s business, including potential 
negative impacts on the Group’s financial position.  However, the Directors are closely monitoring the 
disease  with  Group  management  in  order  to  mitigate  against  such  impact,  including  careful  financial 
planning to allow for continued operations.  The Directors confirm that, after taking all applicable factors 
into consideration, including the impact of COVID-19, they have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
will have adequate resources to continue operations for a period of not less than 12 months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements.  For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements.  For further explanation, see note 1 of the financial statements 
on page 102. 

ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD 

Harry Rein 
Chairman  
29 March 2021 

52 

 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Sustainability 

Policy Statement 

Allied  Minds  aims  to  conduct  its  business  in  a  socially  responsible  manner,  to  contribute  to  the 
communities in which it operates and to respect the needs of its employees and all of its stakeholders.   

The Group is committed to operating the business while ensuring a safe environment for employees as 
well as minimising the overall impact on the environment. 

Allied  Minds  endeavours  to  conduct  its  business  in  accordance  with  established  best  practice,  to  be  a 
responsible employer and to adopt values and standards designed to help guide staff in their conduct and 
business relationships. 

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions 

Given the overall size of the Group, we consider the direct environmental impact of the Group as relatively 
low.    However,  we  firmly  recognise  our  responsibility  to  ensure  that  our  business  operates  in  an 
environmentally responsible and sustainable manner.  The Group complies with all current regulations on 
emissions including GHG emissions, where such regulation exists in our markets. 

Though the Group’s day-to-day operational activities have a relatively limited impact on the environment, 
we do recognise that the more significant impact occurs indirectly through the nature and operations of 
the companies that we choose to support with human and financial capital. 

The Group therefore considers it important to establish and nurture businesses that comply with existing 
applicable  environmental,  ethical  and  social  legislation.    It  is  also  important  that  these  businesses  can 
demonstrate that an appropriate strategy is in place to meet future applicable legislative and regulatory 
requirements  and  that  these  businesses  can  operate  to  specific  industry  standards,  striving  for  best 
practice. 

The  section  below  includes  our  first  year  of  reporting  under  the  new  Streamlined  Energy  &  Carbon 
Reporting requirements.  The reporting period is the same as the Group’s financial year, 1 January 2020 
to 31 December 2020. 

Organisation Boundary and Scope of Emissions 

We have reported on all of the emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2018.  These sources fall within the Group’s consolidated financial 
statement. 

An operational control approach has been used in order to define our organisational boundary. This is the 
basis for determining the Scope 1 and 2 emissions for which the Group is responsible.   

Methodology 

For the Group’s reporting, the Group has employed the services of a specialist adviser, Verco, to quantify 
and calculate the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions associated with the Group’s operations. 

The following methodology was applied by Verco in the preparation and presentation of this data: 

53 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

• 

the Greenhouse Gas Protocol published by the World Business Council for Sustainable Development 
and the World Resources Institute (the “WBCSD/WRI GHG Protocol”);  

•  application of appropriate emission factors to the Group’s activities to calculate GHG emissions; 

• 

• 

scope  2  reporting  methods  –  application  of  location-based  and  market-based  emission  factors  for 
electricity supplies; 

inclusion of all the applicable Kyoto gases, expressed in carbon dioxide equivalents, or CO2e; and 

•  presentation of gross emissions as the Group does not purchase carbon credits (or equivalents). 

Absolute Emissions 

The total Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from the Group’s operations in the year ending 31 December 2020 
were:  

•  18.7 tonnes of CO2 equivalent (tCO2e) using a ‘location-based’ emission factor methodology for Scope 

2 emissions; and 

•  18.9 tonnes of CO2 equivalent (tCO2e) using a ‘market-based’ emission factor methodology for Scope 

2 emissions. 

Scope 1 emissions from onsite combustion of natural gas and refrigerant gas losses have been included in 
the reporting scope, although there were no consumption and therefore none reported. 

Scope 2 emissions included purchased electricity using the location-based and market-based method.  

Intensity Ratio 

As well as reporting the absolute emissions, the Group’s GHG emissions are reported below on the metrics 
of tonnes of CO2 equivalent per full-time (FTE) employee, excluding remote workers, and of tonnes of CO2 
equivalent per square foot of occupied office space. These were decided as the most appropriate metrics 
for the Group. 

The intensity metrics have been calculated as follows: 

•  0.720 tCO2e per full-time employee (FTE) using the location-based method and 0.727 tCO2e per full-

time employee (FTE) using the market-based method; and 

•  0.002 tCO2e per ft2 using the location-based method and 0.002 tCO2e per ft2 using the market-based 

method. 

Target and Baselines 

The  Group’s  objective  is  to  maintain  or  reduce  its  GHG  emissions  per  FTE  and  per  square  footage  of 
occupied office space each year and will report each year whether it has been successful in this regard. 

54 

 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Key Figures 

Allied Minds plc - Breakdown of emissions by scope

2020
(market-based)

0.0

2020
(location-based)

0.0

18.9

18.7

Scope 1

Scope 2

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

GHG emissions 

Scope 11 

Scope 22 

Scope 23 

Total GHG emissions (Location-based 
Scope 2) 
Total GHG emissions (Market-based 
Scope 2) 

Tonnes 
CO2e 

- 

18.7 

18.9 

18.7 

18.9 

2020 
tCO2e / 
emp. 4 
- 

0.720 

0.727 

0.720 

tCO2e / sq. 
ft. 5  
- 

0.002 

0.002 

0.002 

0.727 

0.002 

1 Scope 1 being emissions from the Group’s combustion of fuel and operation of facilities. 
2  Scope  2  being  electricity  (from  location-based  calculations),  heat,  steam  and  cooling  purchased  for  the 
Group’s own use. 
3  Scope  2  being  electricity  (from  market-based  calculations),  heat,  steam  and  cooling  purchased  for  the 
Group’s own use. 
4 Employee numbers (FTE excluding remote workers): 26 
5 Occupied office space: 9,866 ft2 

Total Energy Use 

Electricity 
(kWh) 
70,532 

Energy Use 

2020 

Gas (kWh) 

  -    

Total Energy Use 
(kWh) 
70,532 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Energy Efficiency Actions 

The Group did not implement any new energy efficiency actions during the reporting year.  Each of the 
businesses have had its employees working from home for a large portion of the year. 

Understanding the Indirect Environmental Impacts of our Business Activities 

The Group’s day-to-day operational activities have a limited impact on the environment. The Group does 
recognise that the more significant impact occurs indirectly, through the investment decisions made and 
the  operation  of  the  companies  that  the  Group  choose  to  invest  in.  The  Group  therefore  considers  it 
important to establish and invest in businesses that comply with existing applicable environmental, ethical 
and social legislation. It is also important to the Group that these businesses can demonstrate that an 
appropriate strategy is in place to meet future applicable legislative and regulatory requirements and that 
these businesses can operate to specific industry standards, striving for best practice. 

Our Business Ethics and Social Responsibility 

The Group seeks to conduct all of its operating and business activities in an honest, ethical and socially 
responsible  manner.    We  are  committed  to  acting  professionally,  fairly  and  with  integrity  in  all  our 
business dealings and relationships wherever we operate, and for the Group’s directors and staff to have 
due regard to the interest of all of its stakeholders including investors, partners, employees, customers, 
suppliers and the businesses in which the Group invests.  We expect our entire workforce to maintain high 
standards in accordance with our internal policies on conduct.  The Company has in place avenues through 
which  employees  can  raise  matters  confidentially  or  anonymously  and  the  Board,  through  the  Audit 
Committee,  regularly  reviews  whistleblowing  reports  provided  by  the  whistleblowing  officer  and  the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

We  take  a  zero  tolerance  approach  to  bribery  and  corruption  and  implement  and  enforce  effective 
systems to counter bribery.  The Group is bound by the laws of the UK, including the Bribery Act 2010, 
and has implemented policies and procedures to address such laws, as well as the laws in each jurisdiction 
where the Group operates, including the US. 

The  Group’s  management  and  employees  are  fundamental  to  our  success  and  as  a  result  we  are 
committed to encouraging the ongoing development of our staff with the aim of maximising the Group’s 
overall performance.  Emphasis is placed on staff development through work-based learning, with senior 
members of staff acting as coaches and mentors.  Allied Minds has continued to employ regular all-staff 
update meetings as the main source of employee communication. 

Stakeholder Engagement  

Section  172  of  the  Companies  Act  requires  Directors  to  take  into  consideration  the  interests  of 
stakeholders in their decision making.  The Board is committed to understanding and engaging with all 
key  stakeholder  groups  of  the  Company  in  order  to  maximise value  and  promote  long-term  Company 
success  in  line  with  its  strategic  objectives.    The  Board  recognises  its  duties  under  Section  172  and 
continuously has regard to the likely consequences of any decision for the long term, how the Company’s 
activities  and  decisions  will  impact  employees,  those  with  which  it  has  a  business  relationship,  the 
community and environment, and its reputation for high standards of business conduct.  In weighing all 
of  the  relevant  factors,  the  Board,  acting  in  good  faith  and  fairly  between  members  of  the  Company, 

56 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

makes decisions and takes actions that it considers will best lead to the long-term success of the Company 
in accordance with its strategy.  The Board strives to be a good employer to its workforce, responds to 
shareholder feedback, supports its communities and focuses on maintaining strong partner relationships. 

During the year, the Board assessed its current activities between the Board and its stakeholders through 
direct  conversations  with  investors,  receiving  reports  from  the  executive  team  regarding  workforce 
feedback, direct engagement with portfolio company management teams, and review of key partners at 
Board  meetings  throughout  the  course  of  the  year,  all  of  which  demonstrated  that  the  Board  actively 
engages  with  its  stakeholders  and  takes  their  various  objectives  into  consideration  when  making 
decisions.  Furthermore, in its decision-making, the Board evaluates and considers the long-term effects 
and consequences resulting from such decisions.  For example, in line with the Group’s strategy to focus 
exclusively on funding and operating its existing portfolio companies with  the objective of  maximising 
value for its shareholders, the Board considers how a present decision such as investing additional capital 
in  Federated  Wireless  and  protecting  its  ownership  percentage  in  such  company  was  an  appropriate 
action after considering the interests of its shareholders, impact to the rest of the portfolio, partnership 
relationships, and other long-term operational impact.  This statement also focuses on how the Directors 
have  had  regard  during  the  year  to  the  matters  set  out  in  Section  172(1)(a)  through  (f)  of  the  Act  as 
considered further below. 

The  Board  identified  that  its  key  stakeholders  include  shareholders,  employees,  portfolio  companies, 
partners,  advisors  and  communities.    Specifically,  actions  the  Board  has  taken  to  engage  with  its 
stakeholders in 2020 include: 

SHAREHOLDERS (Companies Act 2006, sections 172(1)(a) and (f)) 
Why they matter to us 

What matters to them 

How the Board engaged 

How they influenced the Board’s decision making 

They are our investors and we measure success 
through delivering value to our shareholders.  Our 
shareholders play an important role in monitoring and 
safeguarding the governance of the Group. 
Broad range of issues spanning from financial and 
operational performance, strategic execution, 
investment plans and capital allocation. 
Engaged  with  our  major  shareholders  and  discussed 
their 
via 
teleconference and email correspondence throughout 
the year. 

viewpoints  and 

concerns, 

including 

Attended  the  2020  AGM  to  answer  questions  and 
receive additional feedback from investors. 

Met  with  larger  shareholders  to  discuss  additional 
feedback in changes to the remuneration programme 
after the 2020 AGM. 

Chairman and CEO actively contact and make 
themselves available to shareholders who have 
questions, issues or concerns to raise. 
Shareholder feedback, opinions and concerns are 
taken into consideration throughout the year as the 
Board makes decisions on the Company’s strategy, 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

EMPLOYEES (Companies Act 2006, section 172(1)(b)) 
Why they matter to us 

What matters to them 

How the Board engaged 

How they influenced the Board’s decision making 

investment decisions, capital allocation, remuneration 
and other key matters.  The Board actively engages 
with shareholders for such feedback ahead of making 
key decisions when appropriate and in accordance 
with regulatory requirements. 

Our talented, dedicated and experienced workforce is 
a key asset to the Group and critical for the Group’s 
success. 
Opportunities for career development, culture of 
inclusion and diversity, compensation and benefits, 
acknowledgement for high performance and ability to 
meaningfully contribute to the Group’s success. 
Monitored company culture, including NEDs visiting 
and interacting with the Company’s employee base, 
and received reports from senior executives on morale 
throughout the year. 

Received feedback and viewpoints from the workforce 
for consideration from the Chief Executive Officer, 
who was the workforce representative director as the 
method of workforce engagement with the Board. 

For additional information on employee retention, 
rewarding our workforce and diversity, please see 
page 61. 
The Board is committed to creating a positive working 
environment in line with the Company’s culture that 
retains and rewards our workforce.  For additional 
information on steps taken, please see page 60.  

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES (Companies Act 2006, sections 172(1)(a) and (c)) 
Why they matter to us 

What matters to them 

How the Board engaged 

The success of our portfolio companies is what 
enables us to bring value to our shareholders.  We are 
invested in supporting our portfolio companies, the 
management teams at those companies, and helping 
them achieve their operational and strategic goals. 
Achieving strategic objectives, meeting performance 
milestones, fundraising, growth, and overall company 
success. 
Met with executive teams of multiple portfolio 
companies in person or via video teleconference to 
better understand such companies’ objectives, 
strategies, and goals and provide feedback and offer 
ongoing assistance to help further such companies’ 
progress and growth. 

Active engagement through representation on 
portfolio company boards to assist companies with 
fundraising activities and partnership opportunities. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

How they influenced the Board’s decision making 

Understanding the various objectives of our portfolio 
companies allows the Board to make informed and 
thoughtful decisions regarding the portfolio as a whole 
for the overall benefit of the Group. 

PARTNERS AND CUSTOMERS (Companies Act 2006, sections 172(1)(c) and (e)) 
Why they matter to us 

Strategic partners throughout the portfolio help the 
Group succeed as a whole.  Their points of view 
provide unique perspectives in the various markets in 
which our portfolio companies operate. 

What matters to them 

How the Board engaged 

How they influenced the Board’s decision making 

Key customer relationships through the portfolio are 
critical to our portfolio companies’ success and ability 
to generate revenue.  Customer satisfaction, demands 
and requirements help define success for our 
companies. 
These partners have invested in our portfolio 
companies and/or have strategic partnerships in place 
with our portfolio companies.  They want our 
companies to succeed and for their partnership 
arrangements to be well-executed.   

Customers want products and services that will bring 
them value and fulfill their business needs.  Successful 
relationships with our companies will in turn bring 
success to such customers. 
Direct engagement with key partners of the Company 
and its portfolio companies by Executive Director 
participation and interaction on strengthening 
relationships and understanding objectives. 

Working with portfolio company management teams 
to understand customer needs that in turn dictate 
certain aspects of how to further develop or grow 
such company’s technology and products. 
The Board routinely considered the interests of our 
various partners to ensure that they are aligned with 
the Company’s strategy, values and objectives. 

The Board considers the needs and interests of key 
customers to better understand the portfolio 
company businesses and to influence key strategic 
decisions through its representation on the portfolio 
company boards of directors. 

ADVISORS (Companies Act 2006, sections 172(1)(c) and (e)) 
Why they matter to us 

What matters to them 

Independent and third party perspectives allow the 
Board to make better decisions on behalf of all of its 
stakeholders. 
Good communication and the ability to work closely 
with the Company to enable them to provide strategic 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

How the Board engaged 

How they influenced the Board’s decision making 

and thoughtful advice and excellent service to help 
guide the Board and provide support to the Group 
across its operations. 
Direct engagement with advisors and key service 
providers to discuss Company strategy and to receive 
advice and recommendations from such advisors on a 
variety of matters.   
The Board considers and values the objective input 
and advice provided by its trusted advisors and relies 
on such advice in various aspects of decision making 
when determining how to navigate the various 
transactions, issues, strategic shifts, regulatory 
matters, and other matters facing the Board. 

COMMUNITIES / ENVIRONMENT (Companies Act 2006, section 172(1)(d)) 
Why they matter to us 

What matters to them 

How the Board engaged 

How they influenced the Board’s decision making 

We are committed to maintaining strong ethical and 
corporate responsibility principles.  We care about 
doing business responsibly.   
Sustainability and environmental impact resulting 
from operations. 
Through the Group’s sustainability strategy, aimed to 
make a positive contribution to the community and 
environment by reducing our carbon footprint and 
energy use.  Please see pages 53 to 56 for additional 
information. 
The Board aims to reduce the direct environmental 
impact of the Group’s operations. 

The Board believes that appropriate steps and considerations have been taken during the year so that 
each Director has an understanding of the various key stakeholders of the Company.   

The Board recognises its responsibility to contemplate all such stakeholder needs and concerns as part of 
its discussions, decision-making, and in the course of taking actions and will continue to make stakeholder 
engagement a top priority in the coming years. 

Focus on Culture 

The Company is committed to maintaining a dynamic culture focused on bringing value to its shareholders 
by taking a hands-on approach in supporting its portfolio companies, and in particular, working directly 
with the management teams at such companies to help them achieve milestones, accelerate growth and 
realise  monetisation  opportunities.    Our  workforce  maintains  the  appropriate  balance  of  skills, 
capabilities,  experience  and  training  that  allows  it  to  effectively  execute  on  its  strategy.    Our  Non-
Executive Directors have decades of experience in venture capital investing and are well-positioned to 
assist our portfolio companies towards achieving successful exits.  Our culture is critical to our success and 
we strive to align our workforce through the way we conduct our business.  Over the course of the year, 
we have continued to embed our values by offering career development opportunities throughout our 
workforce, providing direct access and engagement between executives and senior management with the 
rest of the workforce, and rewarding high performance, all of which encourages our employees to be 

60 

 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

engaged and invested in the execution of our strategy.    

Employee Diversity and Employment Policies 

The  Group  seeks  to  operate  as  a  responsible  employer  and  has  adopted  standards  which  promote 
corporate values designed to help and guide employees in their conduct and business relationships.  The 
Group seeks to comply with all laws, regulations and rules applicable to its business and to conduct the 
business  in  line  with  applicable  and  established  best  practice.    The  Group’s  policy  is  one  of  equal 
opportunity in the selection, training,  career development and  promotion of employees, regardless of 
age, gender, sexual orientation, ethnic origin, religion and whether disabled or otherwise.  The Group is 
committed  to  recruitment  and  retention  of  the  talent  required  to  execute  on  maximising  shareholder 
value, as described above.  Specifically, in line with company culture, the Group is committed to providing 
a  working  environment  that  allows  its  workforce  to  succeed,  including  providing  career  advancement 
opportunities internally within the Group and providing flexible work arrangements that allow employees 
to  earn  additional  degrees.    The  Group  engages  with  its  workforce  throughout  each  year  to  receive 
feedback and evaluate whether practices and behaviour throughout the business are aligned with the 
Group’s purpose, values and strategies.  When issues are identified, the Group takes corrective actions 
such  as  revising  policies  and  implementing  changes  collaboratively  with  its  workforce  to  improve 
alignment and overall culture.  Allied Minds and its consolidated portfolio companies had 31 employees 
as at 31 December 2020.  A breakdown of employees by gender as at 31 December 2020 can be seen in 
the  illustrations  below.    Allied  Minds  supports  the  rights  of  all  people  as  set  out  in  the  UN  Universal 
Declaration  of  Human  Rights  and  ensures  that  all  transactions  the  Group  enters  into  uphold  these 
principles. 

Total Employees

Senior Management

Directors

19%

14%

0%

81%

86%

100%

Female Male

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Statement by Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

I am pleased to present, on behalf of the Board, the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 
31 December 2020.   

What’s in this report? 

The  Directors’  Remuneration  Report  sets  out:  (i)  an  annual  statement  by  the  Chairman  of  the 
Remuneration Committee on pages 62 to 65; (ii) the current Remuneration Policy for the Company on 
pages  66  to  70,  and  an  Annual  Report  on  Remuneration  on  pages  71  to  83  which  describes  the 
implementation of the current Remuneration Policy during 2020, and expected implementation in 2021.  
It has been prepared in accordance with the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) Regulations 2008, as amended.  The current Remuneration Policy was developed taking into 
account the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Listing Rules and shareholders’ 
executive remuneration guidelines.  

The Statement by Chairman of the Remuneration Committee on pages 62 to 65, together with the Annual 
Report on Remuneration on pages 71 to 83, will be subject to an advisory vote at the 2021 AGM. 

Remuneration Overview 

Our current Remuneration Policy received 85.13% shareholder support at our 2019 AGM, took effect from 
that date, and will operate for up to three years.  The Remuneration Committee reviewed the approach 
to remuneration for the Executive Directors and senior management to assess whether it continues to (i) 
meet its design objectives, (ii) support the ongoing business strategy, and (iii) balance good governance 
practice  in  the  UK-listed  company  environment  with  the  ability  to  attract  and  retain  US-based 
management and employees of the highest calibre to execute on this business strategy. 

The  Company  believes  that  remuneration  should  be  weighted  toward  rewarding  entrepreneurial 
achievement and the creation of value over time.  In 2019, after engaging in extensive discussions with its 
major shareholders, the Remuneration Committee approved a number of changes to the remuneration 
programme, as detailed in our 2019 Annual Report and Accounts, to better align remuneration with the 
Company’s  revised  strategy  focused  on  supporting  its  existing  portfolio  companies  and  maximising 
monetisation opportunities.  During 2020, we continued to execute upon such strategy and evaluate the 
appropriateness of the remuneration programme as such changes came into effect in 2020.   

The 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report received a 62.75% vote in favour at the 2020 AGM, as detailed 
on  page  82.    While  this  resolution  was  passed,  the  Committee  was  disappointed  that  there  was  a 
significant minority of votes against the advisory resolutions.   

including  the  changes 
Overall,  the  Committee  considered  that  the  remuneration  programme, 
implemented in 2019 that came into effect for 2020, continued to be broadly appropriate and aligned 
with the Company’s revised strategy while balancing typical UK-listed market practice with US practice in 
our market for talent.  In line with our commitment to maintaining an open and transparent dialogue with 
shareholders, the Company consulted with its major shareholders in the second half of 2020 to gain their 
input.  

62 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

After extensive engagement with its major shareholders, the Board noted that shareholder concerns were 
primarily focused on remuneration schemes in place for 2019 and prior which have since been addressed 
through the substantial amendments the Company made to its remuneration programme for 2020 and 
onwards, as described on pages 66 to 69 and further detailed in the Group’s 2019 Annual Report and 
Accounts.    The  Committee  believes  that  such  changes  have  and  continue  to  appropriately  address 
shareholder concerns while supporting the Company’s strategy and aligning Executive Directors’ interests 
directly with shareholders.  

The Committee will continue to monitor the alignment and effectiveness of the Remuneration Policy and 
its implementation in light of the Company’s current strategy and developments in the UK remuneration 
environment.  The Committee remains conscious of the current external economic environment, and will 
be mindful of this when determining 2021 out-turns. 

Resignation of Joseph Pignato   

With effect from 14 January 2021, Mr. Pignato resigned as Chief Executive Officer and as an Executive 
Director of the Company.  He shall continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company for an 
interim period until 14 April 2021 or such other date as mutually agreed by the Company and Mr. Pignato. 

Performance and Reward for 2020 

Following strong achievement against a number of the management by objectives (MBOs) set at the start 
of 2020, including: 

•  managing headquarter cash and expenses;  
• 
•  maintaining strong operational support in furtherance of the Company’s revised strategy, 

securing funding and strategic partners for our portfolio companies; and  

a cash incentive bonus award of 50% of the maximum opportunity, or 75% of target opportunity, was 
made  to  the  Executive  Director.    Additional  detail  regarding  the  metrics  used  to  determine  such 
achievement  are  set  forth  on  page  73.    The  Committee  considered  this  annual  bonus  outcome 
appropriately reflected overall performance in the period.  

No performance-based LTIP awards vested to the Executive Director in 2020. 

The Work of the Remuneration Committee 

The Remuneration Committee has responsibility for setting the Remuneration Policy for, and determining 
remuneration of, the Executive Directors and senior management, and reviewing pay and conditions of 
the wider workforce.  

The Committee met on three occasions during the year.  Reflecting the meetings for which each member 
was  then  appointed  to  the  Committee,  all  members  were  present  at  all  meetings  during  the  year.    In 
addition, Bruce Failing, the Chairman of the Committee, met several times during the year with the Chief 
Executive  Officer  as  well  as  other  members  of  senior  management  in  order  to  review  all  elements  of 
remuneration and their operation.  The Committee also received professional advice from Deloitte LLP 
where appropriate. 

During the year, the key activities carried out by the Committee were: 

63 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Review of Remuneration Programme 

•  Conducted  a  review  of  all  elements  of  remuneration  for  the  Executive  Director  and  senior 
management to determine their alignment and effectiveness in light of the Company’s strategy; 

•  Obtained  and  reviewed  feedback  received  from  major  shareholders  and  shareholder  advisory 
services, in connection with each of the implementation of the current Remuneration Policy and 
the subsequent changes to the remuneration programme in late 2019;  

Remuneration for 2020 

•  Determined the 2020 cash incentive bonus and prior LTIP award outcomes for employees; 

•  Reviewed the remuneration reporting regulations in connection with the review of the Group’s 

Remuneration Policy and preparation of the Directors’ Remuneration Report; 

•  Reviewed  remuneration  and  related  policies  for  the  wider  workforce,  including  taking  into 

consideration the impact of COVID-19; 

•  Approved  the  delivery  of  a  proportion  of  2020  fees  to  Non-Executive  Directors  in  the  form  of 

equity-based payments (subject to time-based vesting only);   

Remuneration for 2021 

•  Determined  base  salaries  of  the  Executive  Director  and  senior  management,  for  the  period 

starting 1 January 2021; 

•  Determined the 2021 cash incentive bonus award performance targets;  

•  Reviewed and approved the remuneration elements of the resignation of Joseph Pignato, details 
of which are provided on pages 80 to 81.  As set out elsewhere in the Annual Report, effective as 
of 14 January 2021, Mr.  Pignato stepped  down as an Executive Director.  In furtherance  of its 
focused strategy, the Company’s Board and management determined that the most effective and 
efficient  path  forward  is  for  the  Company  to  be  a  Non-Executive  Board-led  company.    The 
Company does not have any current intention of appointing a new Chief Executive Officer. The 
scope of the Directors’ Remuneration Report going forward will therefore be limited to reporting 
on the remuneration of non-executive directors and details of any payments to past executive 
directors. 

Exercise of Discretion 

No discretion has been exercised in relation to the  formulaic outturns  under the Company’s incentive 
plans for Executive Directors. 

Alignment to the UK Corporate Governance Code Principles  

When reviewing the appropriateness of the Remuneration Policy and determining its operation for 2021, 
the  Committee  took  into  consideration,  and  feels  it  has  appropriately  addressed,  the  following  design 
principles set out in the revised Corporate Governance Code: 

64 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Clarity 

Simplicity 

•  The Committee welcomes open and frequent dialogue with shareholders on the approach 

to remuneration. 

•  We have sought to clearly explain how we have implemented the Remuneration Policy in 

• 

the year and how the Committee intends to operate it for the year ahead. 
Incentive Bonus Awards are subject to clearly defined MBOs which are aligned with the 
Company’s key strategic priorities. 

•  Following the cancellation of all outstanding performance awards and the future 

operation of the LTIP for Executive Directors, in addition to the Executive Directors 
voluntarily forfeiting their interests in the MIP and outstanding stock options awards, the 
only performance-based incentive plans in operation for the Executive Director are the 
annual Incentive Bonus Awards and the Phantom Plan. 

•  The remuneration approach taken for our Executive Director is cascaded down the 

organisation as appropriate. 

Risk 

•  The Committee considers that the structure of incentive arrangements does not 

encourage inappropriate risk-taking.  

•  Under the Incentive Bonus Awards, discretion may be applied where formulaic outturns 

are not considered reflective of overall performance. 

•  No bonus payments arising under the Phantom Plan will be made to participants until the 
Company has generated $109.2 million of gross proceeds (plus any future additional 
invested capital made after October 1, 2019) in one or more future liquidity events. 

•  Malus and clawback provisions apply to the Incentive Bonus Awards. 

Predictability 

•  Our Remuneration Policy contains details of threshold and maximum opportunity levels 
under our Incentive Bonus Awards, with actual outcomes dependent on performance 
achieved against predetermined measures and target ranges. 

Proportionality 

•  The Committee’s ability to apply discretion ensures appropriate outcomes in the context 

of long-term performance. 

Alignment to 
culture 

•  The Committee is satisfied that the Remuneration Policy does not reward poor 

performance.  Our performance measures and target ranges under the Incentive Bonus 
Awards, and the construct of the Phantom Plan, are aligned to Company strategy. 

•  Our reward arrangements are designed to reward delivery of the Group’s strategy which 

is focused on supporting our seven existing portfolio companies and maximising 
monetisation opportunities for portfolio company interests. This is achieved through our 
Incentive Bonus Award MBOs and the operation of the Phantom Plan. 

•  Our remuneration structure for Executive Directors cascades as appropriate throughout 

the Company. 

We continue to appreciate any feedback shareholders may have. 

Bruce Failing 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

29 March 2021 

65 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Remuneration Policy (pages 66 to 70)  

This section sets out relevant extracts from the Remuneration Policy for the Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors (Policy) which was approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGM and took formal effect from that 
date.  The complete copy of the Remuneration Policy can be found on pages 73 to 82 of the Company’s 
2019 Annual Report and Accounts, which is available on the Company’s website.  

The Committee will consider the Policy annually to ensure that it continues to align with the Company’s 
strategic objectives; however, it is intended that the Policy will apply for three years from the 2019 AGM. 

Where appropriate, commentary has been added to the Policy to reflect the changes to the remuneration 
programme in late 2019 as described in the Company’s 2019 Annual Report and Accounts. 

The Remuneration Policy Table for Executive and Non-Executive Directors 

The table below sets out the Policy for each element of remuneration for Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors and how they support the Company’s short- and long-term strategic objectives. 

Element of 
remuneration and 
how it supports the 
Company’s objectives 

Salary 

Provides an 
appropriate level of 
salary in order to be 
competitive and to 
maintain the ability to 
recruit and retain 
Executive Directors of 
the required calibre.  

Benefits 

Provides a benefits 
package in line with 
US employment 
market practice. 

Operation 

Opportunity 

Performance metrics 

There is no prescribed maximum 
annual salary or increase, 
however annual increases will 
normally be in line with those of 
the wider workforce. 

More significant increases may 
be made from time to time, for 
example to recognise an increase 
to the individual’s role and 
responsibilities, or a significant 
increase in the scale or size of the 
Company. 

There are no performance 
conditions attached to the 
payment of salary, although 
there are a number of 
performance-based factors 
both at the individual and 
Company level that 
influence the level of 
salaries provided to 
Executive Directors. 

The cost of benefits provided 
varies from year to year in 
accordance with market 
conditions, therefore there is no 
prescribed monetary limit.  

N/A 

An Executive Director’s basic salary is considered by the 
Committee on appointment and normally reviewed once per 
year or when there is a significant change to role or 
responsibility. 

Salary will normally be paid twice per month in cash.  In 
exceptional circumstances, part of the salary may be deferred 
at the request of the individual and become payable at a later 
date. 

Salaries and salary increases are set taking into consideration 
a number of factors including (but not limited to): 

•  scale, scope and responsibility of the role; 
•  skills and experience of the individual; 
•  individual and Company performance; 
•  the impact on other remuneration elements and the total 

remuneration package; 

•  the individual’s marketability; 
•  pay and conditions across the Company;  
•  the wider economic environment; and 
•  market-appropriate pay positioning against relevant US and 
UK listed peers and other companies of a similar size and 
complexity. 

The main benefits provided to Executive Directors include 
(but are not limited to): 

•  life insurance; 
•  disability insurance; 
•  medical benefits and dental care; 
•  a car allowance; and 
•  an annual payment to cover personal legal and tax advice. 

Executive Directors may also participate in any all-employee 
share plans that may be operated by the Group from time to 
time on the same terms as other employees. 

Additional benefits, which may include relocation expenses, 
housing allowance or other benefits-in-kind, may be provided 
in certain circumstances if considered appropriate and 
reasonable by the Committee, for example on recruitment. 

66 

 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Element of 
remuneration and 
how it supports the 
Company’s objectives 

Pension 

Provides pension 
benefits in line with 
US employment 
market practice. 

The Company is not 
required to provide 
pension benefits in 
order to be 
competitive and to 
ensure its ability to 
recruit and retain 
Executive Directors. 

Incentive Bonus 
Awards 

Incentivises the 
achievement of pre-
determined strategic 
goals – management 
by objectives (MBOs) 
– over a single year 
period. 

Allied Minds Long 
Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP) 

Incentivises and 
rewards the 
achievement of the 
Company’s long-term 
strategic objectives. 

Provides alignment 
with shareholders 
through long-term 
time horizons and the 
facilitation of share 
ownership. 

Operation 

Opportunity 

Performance metrics 

A consistent pension policy operates for all employees across 
the Company, creating alignment between Executive 
Directors and the wider workforce. 

N/A 

N/A 

In line with US market practice, no element of the Executive 
Directors’ remuneration is pensionable, and the Company 
does not operate any pension scheme or other scheme 
providing retirement or similar benefits.  

However, in line with the approach taken for all employees, 
the Company offers a retirement plan in accordance with 
subsection 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code in which 
Executive Directors may make voluntary pre-tax contributions 
toward their own retirement.  The Company does not make 
any payments or contributions to such 401(k) Plan. 

Annual MBOs and their respective weightings and targets, are 
set at or around the start of each financial year. 

An Executive Director’s incentive bonus award is considered 
by the Committee upon completion of each financial year. 

The decision to provide any award and the amount and terms 
of any such award, are determined based on the level of 
achievement against the MBOs set at the start of the year. 
The Committee may exercise its discretion and make 
adjustments to the formulaic payout level (both upwards and 
downwards, including a reduction to zero) if the formulaic 
outcome is not considered to be appropriate.  When making 
this judgement, the Committee will consider a number of 
factors, including (but not limited to) the overall shareholder 
experience, underlying business performance (including 
financial, operational and technical performance) and 
individual performance during the year. 

An award over Company stock is typically made to Executive 
Directors annually, subject to pre-determined performance 
measures which are typically tested over a period of three 
years. 

The specific performance measures, weightings and targets 
are set at or around the start of each financial year. 

Performance will normally be tested after three years, 
subject to the Committee’s assessment of the extent to 
which the performance measures have been met.  This 
assessment may take into account any additional relevant 
factors, at the Committee’s discretion.  

A further two-year holding period will typically apply to 
awards, giving a total period between the date of the initial 
award was made and the end of the holding period of five 
years. 

Awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions, as 
described in the notes to this Policy table. 

Operation for 2020 onwards: the LTIP has been retired for 
Executive Directors, senior management and other 
employees, with no further awards to be made under this 
plan to these persons. In addition, the Executive Directors 
voluntarily agreed to forfeit the performance-based LTIP 
awards made to them in 2017 and 2018, and no LTIP awards 
were made in 2019 to them. 

67 

Incentive Bonus opportunities 
are capped at 225% of salary per 
annum, which is only achieved if 
performance significantly 
exceeds expectations across all 
MBOs set for the year. 

The level of annual bonus 
payable for on-target 
performance  is set at a level 
significantly below the maximum 
opportunity, and will be disclosed 
each year in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration. 

The Committee and senior 
management review the 
Group’s MBOs annually 
prior to the start of each 
financial year to ensure the 
detailed performance 
measures and weightings 
are appropriate and 
continue to support the 
business strategy.  

MBOs may include financial, 
operational, technical and 
other performance targets.  

Operation for 2020 onwards: 
Incentive Bonus opportunities 
will be capped at 150% of salary 
per annum. 

The MBOs will be weighted 
primarily towards Group, 
and not individual, MBO 
performance.  

LTIP awards are normally granted 
to an individual each financial 
year and are capped at 300% of 
salary.  The award will only vest 
in full if performance significantly 
exceeds expectations over the 
performance period. 

The proportion of the award that 
will vest for threshold 
performance will be 16.67%. 

When attracting a new executive 
director of the required calibre, 
an additional LTIP award of up to 
300% of salary may be granted in 
the executive’s first year of 
appointment if deemed 
appropriate by the Committee.  
Thereafter, LTIP awards granted 
to the executive would be made 
under the normal policy 
maximum above. 

The Committee may vary 
specific measures and 
targets applicable to LTIP 
awards from year to year, to 
ensure they continue to 
support the achievement of 
the Company’s strategy and 
to ensure that the target 
range remains sufficiently 
stretching. 

In respect of the LTIP 
awards to be granted in 
2019, 60% of vesting will be 
based on the Company’s 
relative total shareholder 
return (rTSR) performance 
in respect of a three-year 
performance period, and 
40% of vesting will be based 
upon the monetisation of 
portfolio companies over 
such period.  

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Operation 

Opportunity 

Performance metrics 

Element of 
remuneration and 
how it supports the 
Company’s objectives 

Allied Minds Phantom 
Plan 

Rewards participants 
for a successful 
portfolio company 
liquidity event, a key 
strategic objective of 
the Group and its 
shareholders, thereby 
providing alignment 
between the interests 
of participants and 
shareholders. 

Operation of such 
plans is common 
practice amongst our 
peers in the venture 
creation / IP 
commercialisation 
sectors, therefore the 
Phantom Plan allows 
the Company to 
provide a market-
competitive 
remuneration offering 
within the relevant 
market for talent 
across this industry. 

The Phantom Plan is a performance-based, cash settled 
bonus plan for Allied Minds’ Executive Directors and 
management.  

The Plan is triggered by a successful portfolio liquidity event, 
including (i) a portfolio company IPO, (ii) the sale of all or 
substantially all of a portfolio company’s assets, (iii) the sale 
of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of a portfolio 
company’s voting equity, (iv) the merger or consolidation of a 
portfolio company with or into another entity, or (v) a 
portfolio company’s liquidation.  

Upon a liquidity event, Allied Minds will deduct the amount it 
invested in such portfolio company and deduct the accrued 
interest in respect of such investment, and will then allocate 
10% of the remaining net proceeds to the Phantom Plan 
account for allocation among the participants. 

Participants receive “units”, which equates to a pro-rata 
share of the Phantom Plan pool. 

Vesting of units is determined at the time of grant of the 
units. 

Operation for 2020 onwards: the Phantom Plan will not be 
available to any new unitholders nor will any companies be 
added to the Plan. 

The maximum aggregate number 
of units that may be awarded 
under the Phantom Plan is 
200,000 units.  

Awards to Executive Directors 
under the Phantom Plan may not 
exceed 30,000 units. 

Upon a liquidity event Allied 
Minds will distribute 80% of the 
Phantom Plan account to the 
participants based on their pro 
rata share of all vested units on 
the date of the applicable 
liquidation event, and the 
remaining 20% of the Phantom 
Plan account will be distributed 
to participants at the discretion 
of the Committee. 

Operation for 2020 onwards: 
Executive Directors are subject 
to a cap of 25% of any allocated 
proceeds in connection with a 
specific liquidity event. 

No amounts accrue under 
the Phantom Plan, and no 
amounts are distributed to 
participants, until and 
unless a successful portfolio 
company liquidity event 
occurs, and the cash 
generated in such liquidity 
event exceeds the amount 
Allied Minds invested in 
such portfolio company, 
plus accrued interest and 
expenses in respect of such 
investment.  No other 
performance metrics apply. 

Operation for 2020 
onwards: an additional 
underpin has been 
introduced, such that no 
payments arising under the 
Phantom Plan will be made 
to participants until the 
Company has generated 
$109.2 million of gross 
proceeds (plus any future 
additional invested capital) 
in one or more future 
liquidity events. 

N/A 

Share ownership 
requirement 

Executive Directors are required to acquire and maintain a 
minimum ownership level of ordinary shares in the Company. 

N/A 

Encourages Executive 
Directors to build a 
meaningful 
shareholding in the 
Company, providing 
alignment between 
the long-term 
interests of Executive 
Directors and 
shareholders. 

Non-Executive 
Directors’ Fees 

Provides an 
appropriate level of 
fees in order to be 
competitive and to 
maintain the ability to 
recruit and retain 
Non-Executive 
Directors of the 
required calibre and 
experience. 

Partial delivery in 
Company stock 
encourages alignment 
of interests with 
shareholders. 

This minimum level is set at the equivalent of 400% of salary 
for the CEO. 

Non-Executive Directors receive an annual fee, with 
additional fees paid to reflect additional time commitment 
and responsibilities for certain roles, e.g. Chairmanship of a 
Board Committee / the Board. 

Non-Executive Directors’ fee levels are typically reviewed 
annually, taking into consideration a number of factors, 
including (but not limited to): 

•  scale, scope and responsibility of the role; 
•  relevant skills and experience required; and 
•  market-appropriate pay positioning against relevant US and 
UK listed peers and other companies of a similar size and 
complexity. 

Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in any 
Company pension scheme or to receive benefits, other than 
the reimbursement of reasonable and properly documented 
expenses incurred in performing the duties of their office 
(and any associated taxes). 

68 

There is no prescribed maximum 
fee or increase, however total 
fees payable are subject to the 
limits set out in the Articles of 
Association. 

N/A 

 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Operation 

Opportunity 

Performance metrics 

Element of 
remuneration and 
how it supports the 
Company’s objectives 

Non-Executive Directors do not receive any performance-
related awards. 

Given the US-based nature of the Group’s business, and the 
need to attract and retain independent directors with 
significant US business and leadership experience, a 
proportion of the fees are paid in stock (with the remainder 
paid in cash).  The stock element is subject to time-based 
vesting over a three-year period, however no performance 
conditions are applied. 

Careful consideration has been given as to whether including 
an equity component would affect the independence of the 
Non-Executive Directors, and the conclusion was reached 
that it would not, given the level of the awards and the fact 
that they are not performance-related. 

Remuneration Policy on payment for loss of office 

The  Directors  believe  the  policy  on  payments  for  loss  of  office  detailed  below  are  aligned  with  UK 
corporate governance expectations and local market practice, and appropriate to attract and retain senior 
management of the highest calibre. 

The Committee reserves the right to make payments where they are made in good faith in discharge of 
an existing obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or 
compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of a Director’s office or employment 
where  they  are  in  the  best  interests  of  Allied  Minds  and  its  shareholders  and  reflecting  the  directors’ 
contractual and legal rights. 

If an Executive Director’s employment is terminated by the Company for “Cause”, the Director shall only 
be entitled to amounts that are accrued or owing but not yet paid and reimbursement of any properly 
incurred business expenses but excluding any bonus payments or other compensation provided pursuant 
to the Company’s incentive compensation plan (such amounts, the “Standard Benefit”). 

If the Executive Director terminates the service contract for “Good Reason” or the Company terminates 
the service contract without Cause, the Executive Director shall be entitled to: 

•  payment of twelve (12) months’ base salary in accordance with regular payroll; 

•  an annual incentive award equal to the product of: (A) the Executive Director’s average bonus for 
the prior three (3) years; and (B) a fraction based on the number of days in which the Executive 
Director was employed during that year; 

•  payment of the portion of the premiums paid by the Company at the time of such termination 
under  COBRA  for  medical,  dental,  hospitalisation  and  other  employee  welfare  benefit  plans, 
programmes and arrangements covered by COBRA, for a period of twelve (12) months for the 
Director and eligible dependents; and 

•  payment of the Standard Benefit. 

69 

 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

In the event of death or disability, similar payments will be made as those payable as a termination for 
Good Reason save that the payment of base salary shall only continue for 90 days after the death of the 
Executive  Director  and/or  until  the  commencement  of  long  term  disability  payments  in  the  case  of 
termination due to disability. 

If  the  Executive  Director  terminates  employment  with  Allied  Minds  without  Good  Reason  (and  not 
because of death or due to disability), the Executive Director shall be entitled solely to payment of the 
Standard Benefit. 

LTIP participants who cease to be employees, directors or service providers to the Group will normally 
forfeit any unvested awards.  However, if a participant leaves as a result of death, disability, dismissal 
other than for cause or any other reason determined by the Committee, awards will normally vest on the 
normal vesting date on a pro-rata basis taking into account performance and the period of time during 
the applicable performance measurement period in which the participant continuously provided services.  
The Committee may in its discretion determine that there are exceptional circumstances justifying vesting 
to a greater or lesser extent.  The Committee also has discretion to determine that awards will vest at the 
time  of  cessation  of  employment,  taking  into  account  performance  up  to  that  time,  and  pro-rated  to 
reflect the time worked in the performance period (with discretion to determine vesting to a greater or 
lesser extent). 

Impact of change of control on awards under LTIP 

If there is a change of control of the Company, the number of ordinary shares over which awards will vest 
will be calculated on the basis of the extent to which the performance criteria applicable to those awards 
have been satisfied as at the date of the change of control.  The resulting number of shares will then be 
reduced on a pro rata basis to reflect the reduced period between the date the award was made and the 
date of the change of control, unless the Committee decides otherwise.  In exceptional circumstances, the 
Committee may recommend full vesting with respect to a change of control.  This discretion to accelerate 
vesting upon a change of control is included in the LTIP to meet the expectations of a US-based workforce. 

70 

 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Annual Report on Remuneration (pages 71 to 83) 

The Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject to an advisory vote at the AGM. 

Single Total Figure of Remuneration for Each Director (audited information) 

The following table sets out the single total figure for remuneration for Directors for the financial years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019.  

Base salary/ 
fees(1) 

Benefits(2) 

Incentive 
Bonus(3) 

Phantom Plan(4) 

EBP(5) 

Pension(6) 

Total Fixed 

Total Variable 

Total 

In $’000 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

Executive Directors 

Joe Pignato(7) 

Michael Turner(8) 

Non-Executive Directors 

Harry Rein(9) 

Mark Lerdal(10) 

Bruce Failing(11) 

Jeff Rohr(12) 

Notes: 

500 

96 

    150 

95 

69 

31 

281 

281 

81 

4 

― 

131 

43 

8 

― 

― 

― 

― 

23 

23 

― 

― 

― 

― 

375 

― 

369 

369 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

870 

870 

105 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

14 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

18 

― 

― 

20 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

543 

104 

150 

95 

69 

31 

304 

304 

81 

4 

― 

131 

480 

1,239 

1,023 

1,543 

― 

1,239 

104 

1,543 

14 

― 

― 

― 

18 

    164 

― 

― 

20 

95 

69 

31 

99 

4 

― 

151 

(1)   Actual Executive Directors’ and Non-Executive Directors’ fees, pro-rated for the portion of the year they served on the Board. 

(2)  

Includes, where applicable, car allowance and/or Company contribution to medical, dental and other insurance premiums, pro-rated for the 
portion of the year they served on the Board. 

(3)  

Incentive bonus includes annual cash incentive bonus awards, pro-rated for the portion of the year serving as Executive Directors.  

(4) 

The Phantom Plan is a performance-based, cash settled bonus plan which is triggered by a successful portfolio company liquidity event.  
Amounts for 2019 include the allocation made to Executive Directors during the period in connection with the distribution triggered by the 
sale of the Company’s shares of HawkEye 360, Inc.  No payments were triggered in 2020. 

(5) 

Equities  based  payments  for  Non-Executive  Directors  represent  the  portion  of  the  fees  paid  in  stock  and  granted  to  the  Non-Executive 
Directors in 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, and 2019 which vested in 2019 and 2020 (based on the value on the date the awards vested (on a time-

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

only basis) and the shares were issued).  The amount of these awards which is attributable to share price appreciation is nil (2020) (2019: 
nil). 

(6)    No payments for pension entitlements were made to Directors during the last financial year.  The Company offers a retirement plan in 
accordance with subsection 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code in which Executive Directors may make voluntary pre-tax contributions 
toward their own retirement.  The Company does not make any payments or contributions to such Plan. 

(7)  Mr. Pignato was appointed as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director on 10 June 2019; and appointed sole Chief Executive Officer 
and Executive Director on 10 March 2020.  Post-period end, Mr. Pignato resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director on 14 
January 2021.  Details of the effect of his resignation on outstanding payments and benefits are given on pages 80 to 81.  

(8)  Mr. Turner was appointed as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director on 10 June 2019.  Mr. Turner resigned as Co-Chief Executive 
Officer and Executive Director on 10 March 2020.  Details of payments in respect of the year are in line with those included within the 2019 
Annual Report and Accounts. 

(9)  Mr. Rein was appointed as Chairman on 10 March 2020. 

(10)  Mr. Lerdal was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 11 December 2019. 

(11)  Mr. Failing was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 10 March 2020. 

(12)  Mr. Rohr resigned as Chairman on 10 March 2020. 

72 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Individual Elements of Remuneration  

Base Salary and Incentive Bonus Awards during 2020 

In conjunction with the Company’s year-end compensation review process, including an analysis of the 
traditional elements of executive pay (base salary, annual incentive bonus, long-term equity incentives 
and  total  direct  compensation),  and  based  upon  a  review  of  Company  performance  in  2019,  the 
Remuneration Committee recommended to the Board the following for 2020: for Joe Pignato, that base 
salary remain constant at $500,000, and that maximum incentive bonus award remain constant at 150% 
base salary (100% at target). 

The Remuneration Committee determined that the base salary and incentive bonus award continued to 
reflect  its  policy  to  emphasise  the  variable  component  of  compensation,  by  allocating  a  significant 
percentage of cash compensation to the incentive bonus award and not base salary. 

As described in the Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee and senior management review 
the Group’s management by objectives (MBOs) annually prior to the start of each financial year to ensure 
the detailed performance measures and weightings are appropriate and continue to align with business 
strategy.    Annual  MBOs,  including  financial,  operational,  technical  and  other  performance  targets  and 
their weightings for the upcoming year are set at or around the start of each financial year.  An Executive 
Director’s incentive bonus award is considered by the Remuneration Committee upon completion of each 
financial year.  The decision to provide any incentive bonus award and the amount and terms of any such 
award, are determined solely by the level of achievement against the  MBOs set by the  Remuneration 
Committee at the start of the financial year.   

In  keeping  with  the  emphasis  on  the  variable  component  of  compensation  and  strong  management 
incentives, the Remuneration Committee set the threshold payout for incentive bonus awards at nil. 

The 2020 MBOs set by the Remuneration Committee, along with the level of achievement against such 
MBOs, is set forth below: 

MBO 
Increase Aggregate Portfolio Value (NAV) 
Increase ALM Share Price 
Manage HQ Cash and Expenses(1) 
Secure Funding and Strategic Partners at Portfolio 

Companies(2)  

Maintain Strong Operational Support(3) 
   Total Percentage of Target 

Threshold 
Weightings 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 
0.0% 

Target 
Weightings 
12.5% 
12.5% 
25% 
25% 

Maximum 
Weightings 
18.75% 
18.75% 
37.5% 
37.5% 

Achieved 
Weightings 
0% 
0% 
25% 
25% 

0.0% 
0.0% 

25% 
100.0% 

37.5% 
150.0% 

25% 
75.0% 

Notes: 

(1)  The Company executed on its revised strategy to focus exclusively on existing portfolio companies, 
enforcing careful cash management and capital allocation plans, and significant cost reductions to 
annual central costs at HQ.  In line with its stated objective of significantly reducing recurring central 
annual costs, HQ operating expenses in 2020 were $7.1 million, reduced from $11.4 million in 2019. 

73 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

(2)  Successful funding rounds were raised  at Federated Wireless, Inc., raising $13.7 million, and Spin 
Memory, Inc., raising $8.25 million.  Orbital Sidekick, Inc. was awarded up to $16.0 million U.S. Air 
Force STRATFI contract and entered into definitive agreements to secure $16.0 million in additional 
private funding (closing subject to conditions precedent, primarily approval by the Committee on 
Foreign  Investments  in  the  United  States).    BridgeComm,  Inc.  secured  additional  $3.5  million  of 
convertible debt financing, in part from the successful achievement of development milestones.  In 
addition, strategic relationships were secured and/or expanded upon with key third parties by all 
portfolio companies. 

(3)  The  Company  continues  to  support  its  consolidated  companies  with  comprehensive  operational 
support,  including  accounting,  cash  management  and  financial  modeling,  payroll,  IT,  legal,  and 
human resources.   

Based on the above, the Remuneration Committee determined that the MBO percentage achievement 
for  2020  was  75.0%  of  target  percentage,  or  50.0%  of  the  maximum  opportunity.    The  Remuneration 
Committee reviewed this outcome in light of individual and Company performance and considered them 
appropriate, and therefore, did not exercise any discretion.   

As  amended  with  effect  for  2020,  the  maximum  bonus  opportunity  for  the  Executive  Director  (Mr. 
Pignato) in 2020 was set at 100% of base salary, with maximum award set at 150% of base salary.  Based 
upon the MBO achievement, the incentive bonus award to the Chief Executive Officers was set at 75.0% 
of base salary, resulting in a 2020 incentive bonus of $375,000 with respect to such period.  

Share awards made during 2020 (audited information) 

In June 2019, the Board determined to retire the LTIP for Executive Directors, senior management and 
other  employees,  and  to  make  no  future  awards  to  these  persons.    No  LTIP  awards  were  made  to 
Executive Directors in 2020. 

As set out on page 75, a proportion of the Non-Executive Director fees for 2020 was paid in stock, subject 
to  time-based  vesting  based  upon  time  of  service  in  equal  instalments  over  a  three-year  period.    No 
performance conditions apply.  The level of these awards was determined by the Committee after giving 
due consideration to the US-based nature of the Group’s business, and the need to attract and retain 
independent  directors  with  significant  US  business  and  leadership  experience.    These  awards  were 
delivered under the LTIP, as set out in the table below:  

Basis of 
award 

Number 
of shares 

Face value 
of award 
($’000) 

% of value 
to vest at 
threshold 

% of 
value to 
vest at 
target 

Vesting conditions 

See below 
See below 
See below 

165,856 
110,571 
110,571 

$75 
$50 
$50 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

Based on service, 
annually over three 
years to June 2023 

Non-Executive Directors 
Harry Rein 
Bruce Failing 
Mark Lerdal 

Type 

RSU 
RSU 
RSU 

Notes: 

(1)  At 5 June 2020, the annual LTIP awards above for 165,856, 110,571, and 110,571 shares were granted 
to the Non-Executive Directors (Messrs. Rein, Failing, and Lerdal, respectively).  The total value of the 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

award was calculated using the closing share price of 36.0p on such date.  

(2)  Between the year end and 29 March 2021 (the latest practicable date prior to publication), no other 

awards were delivered under the LTIP.  

Long Term Incentive Plan Vesting during 2020 (audited information) 

Executive Director Awards 

No performance LTIP awards vested to the Executive Directors in 2019 or 2020.   

In  connection  with  the  Board’s  review  of  the  remuneration  programme  in  late  2019,  Mr.  Pignato 
voluntarily agreed to forfeit all of his 745,045 performance-based LTIP awards made in 2017 and 2018.  
Mr. Pignato does not have any additional performance-based LTIP awards outstanding. 

Non-Executive Director Awards 

Equity-based awards were granted to the Non-Executive Directors in 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, and 2019, 
subject to time-based vesting in three equal instalments over a three year period. The LTIP was used as 
the mechanism to grant these awards, however they are not subject to performance conditions.  These 
awards partially vested in 2019 and 2020.  As a result of such vesting in 2019, ordinary shares were allotted 
and issued to Mr. Rohr (22,913) and Mr. Rein (24,170).  As a result of such vesting in 2020, ordinary shares 
were allotted and issued to Mr. Rein (36,154). 

Payments to Past Directors and Loss of Office Payments (audited information) 

With the exception of payments to past directors and loss of office payments previously disclosed in our 
2019 Annual Report and Accounts, no payments to past directors and no loss of office payments were 
made during the last financial year. 

Total Pension Entitlements (audited information) 

No  payments  for  pension  entitlements  were  made  to  Directors  during  2020.    The  Company  offers  a 
retirement plan in accordance with subsection 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (401(k) Plan) in which 
Executive  Directors  may  make  voluntary  pre-tax  contributions  toward  their  own  retirement.    The 
Company does not make any payments or contributions to such 401(k) Plan. 

Statement of Directors’ Shareholding and Share Interests (audited information) 

Share ownership plays a key role in the alignment of our executives with the interests of shareholders, 
therefore the Committee operates a share ownership policy for Executive Directors.  The policy currently 
requires Executive Directors to acquire and maintain a minimum ownership level of ordinary shares in the 
capital of the Company equal to 400% of base salary.  At 31 December 2020, the Executive Director was 
making  progress  against  this  requirement.    Given  the  changes  to  the  management  structure  of  the 
Company, it was considered appropriate that no post-cessation shareholding requirements policy should 
be developed.  

75 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

The table below sets out the number of shares held by Directors as at 31 December 2020.   

Shares held 
outright 

Shares conditional 
on performance 

Shares conditional 
on service 

Options to 
purchase shares 
(US Stock Plan) 

 962,033  
731,674 

122,824 

 -    

80,000 
161,798 

 -    
- 
 -    
 -    
 -    
 -    
- 

-    

179,588 

213,992 
110,571 
110,571 
- 

 -    
- 

 -    
 -    
 -    
- 

Total 

962,033  
911,262 

336,816 
110,571 
190,571 
161,798 

Executive Director 
Joe Pignato(1) 
Michael Turner(2) 
Non―Executive Directors 
Harry Rein 
Mark Lerdal 
Bruce Failing 
Jeffrey Rohr 

Notes: 

(1)  In late 2019, Mr. Pignato voluntarily agreed to forfeit all of his 745,045 performance-based LTIP 
awards made in 2017 and 2018.  In addition, as previously noted, the Committee has determined 
that no further awards will be made under the LTIP to Executive Directors, senior management or 
other employees. 

(2)  The shares held by Mr. Turner are as of 10 March 2020, the date of his resignation. 

Performance Graph  

The graph below illustrates the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance relative to the 
constituents of the FTSE 250 index excluding investment companies and the FTSE All Share index, from 
the Admission date of 25 June 2014 to 31 December 2020.  These indices were chosen since the Company 
was / is a constituent for a significant proportion of the relevant period.  The graph shows performance 
of a hypothetical £100 invested and its performance over that period.  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Historical CEO remuneration outcomes 

The table below summarises the Chief Executive Officer single total figure for total remuneration, annual 
incentive bonus award, LTIP vesting as a percentage of maximum opportunity, payments made under the 
Phantom Plan, if any, and US Stock Plan share award vesting as a percentage of maximum opportunity, 
for the last seven financial years.  As the company listed in 2014, the comparative begins with the 2013 
period.  

CEO single total figure for remuneration ($’000) (1) 
     Joe Pignato(2) 
     Michael Turner(2) 
Annual incentive bonus award pay-out (% of 
maximum)(3) 
LTIP award vesting (% of maximum)(4) 
US Stock Plan award vesting (% of maximum)(5) 

Notes: 

2018 
$1,192 

2017 
$1,328 

2016 
$9,178 

2015 
$1,067 

2014 
$15,942 

2013 
$1,236 

2020 

2019 

$1,543 
$1,023 
$104 
$1,543 
50.0%  58.40% 

42.67% 

87.33%  74.13% 

0.00% 
n/a 

0.00% 
n/a 

33.00% 
n/a 

94.33% 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 

n/a 

n/a 
n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 
100% 

n/a 
100% 

(1)  With respect to 2019, the figures represent the remuneration to each of Joseph Pignato and Michael 
Turner  after  their  appointments  as  Co-CEOs  on  10  June  2019.    With  respect  to  2020,  the  figures 
represent the remuneration for Joseph Pignato for the full year and Michael Turner for the period 
through to stepping down from the Board. 

(2)  The  2019  figures  for  Mr.  Pignato  and  Mr.  Turner  include  the  payments  made  to  them  under  the 
Phantom  Plan  resulting  from  a  successful  portfolio  company  liquidity  event  in  2019  (as  further 
described on page 86 of the 2019 Annual Report and Accounts).  As illustrated on in the 2019 Annual 
Report and Accounts, the single total figure of remuneration excluding the Phantom Plan payment for 
each such individual was $673,000. 

(3)  With  respect  to  2015,  2014  and  2013,  the  percentage  of  maximum  is  not  applicable  because  the 
Company did not have any cap on incentive bonus award payments in those financial years.  As a 
percentage of base salary, the award was 65.7% in 2013, 125.0% in 2014 and 105.0% in 2015.  

(4)  No  performance-based  equity  awards  vested  to  the  CEO  under  the  LTIP  during  2020,  2019,  2016, 

2015, 2014 or 2013.   

(5)  All equity awards, including stock options and restricted stock, under the US Stock Plan became vested 

and fully exercisable, or vested and fully transferable, in connection with the IPO.  

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Change in remuneration of Chief Executive Officer compared to US Group employees 

The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer (Mr. Pignato), 
Non-Executive Directors and that of our US Group employees (excluding Directors) from 2019 to 2020.  
Our US Group employees were chosen since they are exposed to the same economic factors as the Chief 
Executive Officer, who is also US-based.  

Executive Directors 
Joe Pignato 
Michael Turner(1) 
Non-Executive Directors 
Harry Rein(2) 
Mark Lerdal(3) 
Bruce Failing(4) 
Jeff Rohr(5) 
Average of all US Group employees 

Salary/fees 

2019 to 2020 
Taxable 
benefits 

Incentive 
Bonus 

0.00% 
(80.77)% 

17.58% 
(65.22)% 

1.63% 
(100.00)% 

84.75% 
2,107.54% 
― 
(76.75)% 
(3.59)% 

― 
― 
― 
― 
34.15% 

― 
― 
― 
― 
11.25% 

*Note, the percentages in the chart above are calculated based on actual fees paid to each individual.  There have been several 
changes to the Board of Directors and management team as set forth below.  The base salary for the Executive Director and the 
NED fees for 2019 and 2020 remain constant, as further detailed on page 78 below. 

(1)  Mr. Turner resigned as an Executive Director effective as of 10 March 2020. 
(2)  Mr. Rein was appointed Chairman of the Board effective as of 10 March 2020. 
(3)  Mr. Lerdal was appointed as a Non-Executive Director effective as of 11 December 2019. 
(4)  No comparative data available for Mr. Failing as he was first appointed to the Board during the 

year on 10 March 2020. 

(5)  Mr. Rohr resigned from the Board effective as of 10 March 2020. 

Relative importance of spend on pay 

The chart below shows the total employee costs, and change in share price from 2019 to 2020. 

The information shown in this chart is based on the following: 

•  Total employee pay: Total US Group employee staff costs from note 5 to the consolidated financial 
statements,  including  salaries  and  wages,  payroll  taxes,  healthcare  benefit,  and  share-based 
payments. 

•  Returns to shareholders: Since the Group does not currently pay an annual dividend, returns to 
shareholders are represented by the change in the Group’s share price over the period from 31 
December 2019 to 31 December 2020.  

•  On  16  January  2020,  the  Board  declared  a  special  dividend  of  12.62  pence  per  ordinary  share 
(Special Dividend) totalling £30.49 million.  The ordinary shares went ex-dividend on 23 January 
2020, and the Special Dividend was paid in cash on 14 February 2020 to holders of ordinary shares 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

recorded on the register as at the close of business on 24 January 2020. 

51.5

39.7

27.4

32.5

8.5

Total employee costs ($)

Share Price (p)

2020 Special dividend

(-69.0%)

(-36.9%)

2020

2019

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in the following financial year (2021) 

The Committee reviewed the remuneration approach in the year, including the implementation of the 
changes  to  the  operation  of  the  remuneration  programme  made  in  2019  and  their  continued 
appropriateness,  and  input  was  received  from  the  Executive  Director  while  ensuring  that  conflicts  of 
interest were suitably mitigated. The approach to operation for 2021 has been set out below. 

Executive Director 

Given  the  announced  departure  of  the  Executive  Director,  no  changes  were  made  to  the  individual’s 
remuneration in 2021. Details of the resignation arrangements for the Executive Director are set out on 
pages 80 to 81. 

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 

The 2021 fee arrangements of the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors remain unchanged from 2020: 

Cash Component 
Non-Executive Director Annual Fee 
Audit Committee Chair Annual Fee 
Remuneration Committee Chair Annual Fee 
Nomination Committee Chair Annual Fee 
Chairman of the Board Annual Fee 
Equity Component 
Non-Executive Director LTIP Award Value 
Chairman of the Board LTIP Award Value 

2020 

$75,000 
$25,000 
$10,000 
$10,000 
$75,000 

$50,000 
$75,000 

The additional fee for serving as Chairman shall only be payable where the Chairman is a Non-Executive 
Director.    Given  the  US-based  nature  of  the  Group’s  business,  and  the  need  to  attract  and  retain 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

independent directors with significant US business and leadership experience, the fees above include an 
equity component, which is subject to time-based vesting over three years. 

Service Contracts and Letters of Appointment  

Mr. Pignato entered into an amended and restated service contract on 10 June 2019 in connection with 
his appointment as Co-Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director.  Mr. Pignato was appointed sole 
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director upon Mr. Turner’s resignation on 10 March 2020.  Post-
period end, Mr. Pignato resigned as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director effective on 14 January 
2021.    Full  details  on  his  remuneration  arrangements  upon  stepping  down  are  set  forth  below.    Mr. 
Pignato will continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer until 14 April 2021 or such other date as mutually 
agreed by the Company and Mr. Pignato. 

The Executive Director’s contracts do not provide for extended notice periods or compensation in the 
event of a change of control.  Details on the treatment of remuneration on loss of office or on a change 
of control are provided in the Remuneration Policy.     

The Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment, which are for an initial fixed term of three years.  
The letters are reviewed and may be extended, and are terminable on one months’ notice by either party.  

The letters of appointment do not provide for any compensation on termination, other than payment of 
fees accrued or owing but not yet paid.  

The letters of appointment and service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered 
office.  In accordance with the Code, all Directors submit themselves for election at the first AGM following 
their appointment to the Board, and for annual re-election by shareholders at each AGM. 

Resignation of Joseph Pignato   

As previously noted, with effect from 14 January 2021, Mr. Pignato resigned as Chief Executive Officer 
and as an Executive Director of the Company.  He shall continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the 
Company for an interim period until 14 April 2021 or such other date as mutually agreed by the Company 
and Mr. Pignato (Resignation Date). 

The Remuneration Committee approved the arrangements below which are in line with the terms of the 
agreements  with  Mr.  Pignato  and  the  Company’s  Remuneration  Policy  approved  by  the  Company’s 
shareholders at the 2019 AGM, and as disclosed in full in the Company’s Section 430(2B) announcement 
on 15 January 2021.    

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Pignato’s service contract, he will be entitled to: 

•  payment of one year’s salary equal to $500,000 based on his rate of annual base salary;  

• 

an  annual  incentive  award  for  2021  which  will  be  equal  to  the  product  of:  (A)  $373,360  (his 
average annual bonus for the three full years preceding his resignation) and (B) a fraction, the 
numerator of which is the number of days he was employed by the Company during 2021 and the 
denominator of which is the number of days in such year; and 

80 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

•  participation  at  the  Company’s  expense  under  COBRA  for  six  months  for  him  and  each  of  his 
eligible  dependents  in  all  medical,  dental,  hospitalization  and  other  employee  welfare  benefit 
plans, programmes and arrangements covered by COBRA. 

Prior to the Resignation Date, Mr. Pignato had outstanding awards in the form of units (“Phantom Units”) 
granted  under  the  Allied  Minds  Phantom  Plan  (“Phantom  Plan”),  details  of  which  are  set  out  in  the 
Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2019.  The Phantom Units are 
settled in cash.  

As  set  out  in  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  during  2019, 
Executive Directors and all current employees voluntarily agreed to introduce an underpin that $109.2 
million  of  gross  proceeds  (plus  any  future  additional  invested  capital)  must  be  generated  from  one  or 
more liquidity events prior to any future allocations of proceeds in connection with an individual liquidity 
event under the Phantom Plan and to a personal cap (set at 25% for Executive Directors) of any allocated 
proceeds in connection with an individual liquidity event under the Phantom Plan.  As of the date hereof, 
Mr. Pignato’s total units would entitle him to his capped amount of 25% of any allocated bonus proceeds.  
In accordance with the terms of his Phantom Units, for the period ending on the date falling 24 months 
after his Resignation Date, Mr. Pignato will remain entitled to a proportion of the payment he would have 
received on a Liquidity Event had he remained an employee.  That proportion is 90% if the Liquidity Event 
occurs within 6 months after his Resignation Date, 75% if 7-12 months after his Resignation Date; 50% if 
13-18 months after his Resignation Date; 25% if 19-24 months after his Resignation Date, and 0% if later 
than 24 months after his Resignation Date.  

No further payments will be made to Mr. Pignato in connection with his resignation.  

Limits on the number of shares used to satisfy share awards (dilution limits) 

All of the Group’s incentive schemes that contain an element that may be satisfied in Allied Minds plc 
shares  incorporate  provisions  that  in  any  ten-year  period  (ending  on  the  relevant  date  of  grant),  the 
maximum number of the shares that may be issued or issuable under all such schemes shall not exceed 
10%  of  the  issued  ordinary  share  capital  of  the  Company  from  time  to  time  (excluding  shares  issued 
pursuant to awards granted prior to IPO under the US Stock Plan). 

The  Committee  regularly  monitors  the  position  and  prior  to  the  making  of  any  share-based  award, 
considers the effect of potential vesting of outstanding awards to ensure that the Company remains within 
these limits.  Any awards which are required to be satisfied by market purchased shares are excluded from 
such calculations.  No treasury shares were held or utilised in the year ended 31 December 2020. 

Remuneration Committee: details and governance 

The full terms of reference of the Committee, which are reviewed annually, are available on the Group’s 
website at www.alliedminds.com.  In summary, the Remuneration Committee has specific responsibility 
for  advising  the  Board  on  the  remuneration  and  other  benefits  of  the  Executive  Director  and  senior 
management,  an  overall  policy  in  respect  of  remuneration  of  other  employees  of  the  Group  and 
establishing the Group’s policy with respect to employee incentivisation schemes. 

The  Remuneration  Committee  is  currently  comprised  of  the  following  independent  Non-Executive 
Directors, whose backgrounds and experience are summarised on pages 32 to 33: 

81 

 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

•  Bruce Failing (Chair) 
•  Harry Rein 
•  Mark Lerdal 

Messrs. Rein and Lerdal served during the entire financial year.  Mr. Rohr resigned from the Board and 
Mr. Failing was appointed as a Director (replacing Mr. Rohr) and replaced Mr. Rein as the Chair of the 
Committee, in each case, effective as of 10 March 2020. 

Committee  meetings  are  administered  and  minuted  by  the  Company  Secretary.    In  addition,  the 
Committee  received  assistance  from  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  who  attend  certain  meetings  by 
invitation, except when matters relating to their own remuneration were being discussed. 

Key activities carried out by the Committee were during 2020 are set out in the Committee Chairman’s 
statement on pages 63 to 64. 

External advisers 

The Remuneration Committee is authorised, if it wishes, to seek independent specialist services to provide 
information and advice on remuneration at the Company’s expense, including attendance at Committee 
meetings. 

During the year, the Remuneration Committee continued its review of executive remuneration and took 
into consideration professional advice from Deloitte LLP and Ropes and Gray LLP.  Fees paid to Deloitte 
LLP in connection with advice to the Remuneration Committee in 2020 were $30,242 (2019: $61,500) and 
fees paid to Ropes and Gray LLP were $29,725 (2019: $52,398).  Deloitte provided no other services or 
advice to the Group during the year.  The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice given is 
objective and independent. Deloitte LLP is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
and adhere to its Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. 

Statement of voting at general meeting 

The table below sets out the proxy results of the vote on the Group’s Remuneration Report at the Group’s 
2020 AGM and the Remuneration Policy at the Group’s 2019 AGM:  

Remuneration Report 
Remuneration Policy 

Votes for 

Votes against 

Number 
104,798,226 
129,448,525 

% of cast 
votes 
62.75% 
85.13% 

Number 
62,200,421 
22,612,862 

% of cast 
votes 
37.25% 
14.87% 

Votes 
withheld 
Votes cast 
166,998,647 
4,220 
152,061,387  19,409,374 

As set out in the Statement of the Committee Chairman, the Committee was disappointed that there was 
a significant minority of votes against the Remuneration Report at the 2020 AGM.  

including  the  changes 
Overall,  the  Committee  considered  that  the  remuneration  programme, 
implemented in 2019 that came into effect for 2020, continued to be broadly appropriate and aligned 
with the Company’s revised strategy while balancing typical UK-listed market practice with US practice in 
our market for talent.  In line with our commitment to maintaining an open and transparent dialogue with 
shareholders, the Company consulted with its major shareholders in the second half of 2020 to gain their 
input.  

82 

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

After extensive engagement with its major shareholders, the Board noted that shareholder concerns were 
primarily focused on remuneration schemes in place for 2019 and prior which have since been addressed 
through the substantial amendments the Company made to its remuneration programme for 2020 and 
onwards.    The  Committee  believes  that  such  changes  have  and  continue  to  appropriately  address 
shareholder concerns while supporting the Company’s strategy and aligning Executive Directors’ interests 
directly with shareholders.  

Approval 

This  Directors’  Remuneration  Report,  including  both  the  Remuneration  Policy  and  Annual  Report  on 
Remuneration has been approved by the Board of Directors. 

Bruce Failing 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

29 March 2021 

83 

 
 
MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

Audit Committee Report 

The Audit Committee plays an integral role in assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, 
and as a whole, has the competence relevant to the sector in which the Company operates.  In performing 
its  duties,  the  Committee  strives  to  maintain  effective  working  relationships  with  the  Board,  the 
Company’s management and the external auditors.  The Committee reviews the integrity of the financial 
statements  of  the  Group,  reviews  all  proposed  half-yearly  and  annual  results,  and  advises  the  Board 
whether  it  believes  the  annual  report  and  accounts,  taken  as  a  whole,  fairly  present  the  Company’s 
financial position and provide the necessary information to the shareholders of the Company to assess 
the Company’s position and performance, business model, and strategy. 

Membership 

The Committee comprises three independent Non-Executive Directors.  Members of the Committee are 
appointed by the Board.  The CFO, General Counsel and external auditors also participate in Committee 
meetings  by  invitation.    As  Chair  of  the  Audit  Committee,  Mr.  Lerdal  has  relevant,  recent  financial 
experience  with  over  thirty  years  of  senior  management  and  executive  experience.    Messrs.  Rein  and 
Lerdal served on the Audit Committee during the entire financial year.  Effective 10 March 2020, Mr. Rohr 
resigned from the Board and Bruce Failing was appointed as a Director and served on the Audit Committee 
(replacing Mr. Rohr) for the remainder of the financial calendar year. 

The Committee met four times in 2020, and the external auditors participated in three of these meetings 
(KPMG  LLP  for  one  and  BDO  LLP  for  two).    Reflecting  the  meetings  for  which  each  member  was  then 
appointed to the Committee, all members were present at all meetings during the year during their term 
of service. 

Responsibilities 

The  Committee’s  main  responsibilities  are  to  monitor  the  integrity  of  the  financial  statements  of  the 
Company, including its annual and half-yearly reports and accounts and any other formal announcement 
relating to its financial performance; and reviewing  and reporting to  the Board on significant financial 
reporting issues and judgements made and matters communicated to it by the auditor.  The roles and 
responsibilities of the Audit Committee additionally include to: 

•   Review  the  Company’s  internal  financial  controls  and  the  Company’s  internal  control  and  risk 

management systems; 

•   Advise on the need for and monitor and review the effectiveness of the Company’s internal audit 

function; 

•   Make  recommendations  to  the  Board,  for  it  to  put  to  the  shareholders  for  their  approval  in 
general  meeting,  in  relation  to  the  appointment  of  the  external  auditor  and  to  approve  the 
remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor; 

•   Review and monitor the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of 
into  consideration  relevant  UK  professional  and  regulatory 

the  audit  process,  taking 
requirements; 

84 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

•   Develop and implement policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit 
services,  taking  into  account  relevant  ethical  guidance  regarding  the  provision  of  non-audit 
services by the external audit firm; and to report to the Board, identifying any matters in respect 
of which it considers that action or improvement is needed, and making recommendations as to 
the steps to be taken;  

•  Conduct a performance evaluation of the Committee annually, including review of Committee 
member experience and background, and discussion by the Board of each Committee member as 
further described on pages 32 to 33, to ensure that it continues to be effective and that each of 
the Directors on the Committee demonstrates commitment to his or her respective role and has 
sufficient time to meet his or her commitment to the Company; and 

•   Report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities. 

As  a  whole,  the  Committee  has  the  relevant  experience  and  skills  necessary  to  effectively  execute  its 
responsibilities.  The Committee carries out these duties for the Company, major subsidiary undertakings 
and the Group as a whole, as appropriate.  In 2020, the Committee discharged all such duties as further 
described below, including, without limitation, completing an annual review of its internal controls and 
risk management systems with its external auditors and reviewing the Financial Position, Prospects and 
Procedures of the Company on an ongoing basis throughout the year to enable the Board to make proper 
judgements. 

Activities during the year 

The Committee’s activities for the year ended 31 December 2020 included the responsibilities set forth 
above, as well as the items set forth below: 

Financial reporting 

•   Reviewed and approved the appropriate audit plan, before the start of the annual audit cycle; 

•   Reviewed and provided comments and recommendations in respect of the financial statements 
in the half-yearly report for the period ended 30 June 2020, and the financial statements in the 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2020; 

•   Reviewed  the  Company’s  approach  and  methodology  for  determining  the  fair  value  of 
investments and the preferred share liability.  Considered and recommended the involvement of 
an external valuation specialist firm to assist management and the Board in deriving the fair value 
of the subsidiary undertakings; and 

•   Considered  significant  matters,  risk  areas,  and  areas  of  judgement  in  relation  to  the  Group’s 
financial statements taking into account the areas highlighted by the external auditors in their 
presentations to the Committee, and challenged where necessary. 

The Committee is satisfied with the integrity of the financial statements of the Company in all material 
aspects,  including  the  application  of  significant  accounting  policies,  the  methods  used  to  account  for 
significant transactions, use of judgements and estimates made by management, including those made in 
deriving the fair value of the subsidiary undertakings, and the quality and completeness of the disclosures 
in the financial statements of the Company.   

85 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

The Committee is satisfied that this Annual Report as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for a reasonable shareholder to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.  

Internal controls and risk management systems 

•   Reviewed the principal elements of the Company’s risk management framework as set out on 
pages 24 to 31 of this Annual Report.  The Committee gives consideration and provides guidance 
on enhancing the internal controls and risk management framework, as needed; 

•   Reviewed the established procedures, which provide a reasonable basis for the Board to make 
proper judgements on an ongoing basis as to the Financial Position, Prospects and Procedures 
(FPPP) of the Company following the adopted risk approach; and 

•   Reviewed  the  whistleblower  policy  that  was  established  and  approved  by  the  Board  in  2014, 
which has been communicated to employees.  The Audit Committee is satisfied that the policy 
has been designed to encourage staff to report suspected wrongdoing as soon as possible, provide 
staff with guidance on how to raise those concerns, and ensure staff that they should be able to 
raise genuine concerns without fear of reprisals, even if they turn out to be mistaken. 

Significant areas reported to the Board   

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities held under IFRS9 

Significant judgements are made in valuing the assets and liabilities and complex models are used to give 
a fair value, which present a high risk for the financial statements.   

Accounting treatment of investments under IFRS10 

It has been determined that the Group no longer has control as defined in IFRS 10 but has maintained 
significant influence over some of its former subsidiaries and due to the fact that the Group holds a variety 
of  instruments  in  these  entities,  which  have  varying  risks  and  rights,  there  is  significant  judgement  in 
relation to the accounting for these instruments.  The valuation of these financial assets also includes a 
significant  level  of  judgement  and  external  valuation  specialists  are  utilised  in  this  process.    The 
Committee believes that the Group considered the pertinent terms and accurate accounting of each of 
the financial instruments (and sought external expertise as well). 

Viability 

The Committee reviewed the Company’s viability as further stated in the Overview on pages 38 to 39.  As 
previously  reported,  the  Company’s  strategic  objective  is  to  focus  exclusively  on  its  existing  portfolio 
companies and to maximise total returns to all shareholders from monetisation of such portfolio.  In line 
with this strategy, the Board anticipates delivering such returns within the next three years.  After careful 
assessment  of  the  Company’s  cash  position  and  projections  through  such  period,  the  Committee 
reasonably expect the Group to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due in order to 
execute on this strategy during such period. 

Impact of COVID-19 and Going concern 

There is judgement relating to whether the Group and Company have sufficient financial resources to 

86 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

continue as a going concern based on the Group and Company’s business model and other applicable 
factors that may impact such determination.  As previously noted, the ongoing spread of COVID-19 has 
the potential to negatively impact the Group’s and the Company’s financial position.  However, the Group 
continues  to  closely  monitor  the  pandemic,  its  impact  on  its  workforce,  the  global  economy  and  its 
suppliers, customers and  partners in order to make decisions and take  meaningful actions to  mitigate 
against disruption to operations across the portfolio and the potential negative financial impact.  Taking 
all factors into consideration, management have assessed that the Group and Company continue to be a 
going concern and the Committee is satisfied with the assessment made.  

External audit 

•  Engaged in competitive process for determining the Group’s new independent auditor, including 

assessing and performing diligence on various independent audit firms. 

 •  Recommended the appointment of BDO LLP to the Board as the Group’s independent auditor for 

the financial year ending 31 December 2020.     

•   Reviewed and approved the scope of the external audit procedures over the half-yearly report for 
the  period  ended  30  June  2020,  and  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2020; 

•   Discussed  with  management  and  agreed  upon  the  terms  of  the  engagement  of  the  external 
auditors  and  the  auditors’  remuneration  for  audit  and  non-audit  services.    In  assessing 
independence, the Audit Committee received the auditor’s presentation and confirmation that in 
its professional judgment, KPMG LLP (through 29 July 2020) and BDO LLP (from its engagement 
on  29  July  2020),  are  independent  within  the  meaning  of  regulatory  and  professional 
requirements and the objectivity of the partner and audit staff is not impaired.  The Committee 
was satisfied that throughout the year that the objectivity and independence of KPMG LLP and 
BDO LLP, as applicable, was not in any way impaired by the non-audit services they provided to 
the Group during the year, by the amounts of non-audit fees, or by any other factors; 

•   Assessed the independence, objectivity and qualifications of BDO LLP as the external auditor and 
evaluated  the  quality  and  effectiveness  of  the  audit  procedures.    In  doing  so,  the  Committee 
reviewed  the  audit  plan  and  monitored  performance  against  the  plan,  reviewed  the  periodic 
reports of BDO LLP to the Committee that highlighted key areas of focus during the audit and the 
applied audit approach, and obtained feedback from the finance department in respect to quality 
and status of BDO LLP work in the course of the audit.  The Committee concluded that the audit 
process during the year was effective; and 

•   Reviewed and discussed the principal areas of financial reporting risk, as highlighted above, and 

reported to the Board. 

KPMG  LLP  was  the  external  auditor  of  the  Group  from  the  first  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements of Allied Minds plc in 2014 through 29 July 2020, after completion of the audit for the financial 
year ending 31 December 2019.  In 2020, the Committee engaged in a competitive process for determining 
the Group’s next independent auditor and performed diligence and assessed various independent audit 
firms.    After  careful  consideration  and  deliberation,  the  Committee  determined  that  BDO  LLP  is  a 
reputable and highly qualified firm that would be best suited to serve as the Group’s new independent 

87 

MANAGEMENT AND GOVERNANCE  

auditor.  Accordingly, upon recommendation by the Committee, which was free from influence by any 
third party, the Board approved the appointment of BDO LLP as the Company’s auditor for the financial 
year ending 31 December 2020.  No contractual term of the kind under the Audit Regulations was imposed 
on the Company.  The total fees to BDO LLP for the year ended 31 December 2020 were $0.5 million (see 
note 5 of the consolidated financial statements, which includes the breakdown of audit and non-audit 
related fees).  The Audit Committee has considered the recent audit reforms in terms of tendering and 
auditor’s tenure.  Given the new appointment of BDO LLP in 2020, the next anticipated requirement to 
tender audit will be for the 2030 calendar year.  As such, the Company is complying with the Statutory 
Audit Services Order. 

Internal audit 

Given the size and composition of the Group, taking into account relevant significant matters, risk areas, 
areas of judgement in relation to the Group’s financial statements, and that all Group financial systems, 
transactions, and processes are conducted at the central office, the Board did not consider it necessary to 
have an internal audit function during the year.  The Board will keep this decision under annual review. 

Mark Lerdal  
Chairman of the Audit Committee 

29 March 2021  

88 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Allied Minds Plc 

Opinion on the financial statements 

In our opinion: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended; 
the  Group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; 
the  Group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  international 
financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in 
the European Union; 
the  Parent  Company  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the  Companies Act 
2006 and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 
the  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Companies  Act  2006;  and,  as  regards  the  Group  financial  statements,  Article  4  of  the  IAS 
Regulation. 

We have audited the financial statements of Allied Minds Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries 
(the  ‘Group’)  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2020  which  comprise  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive  income/  (loss),  consolidate  statement  of  financial  position,  consolidated  statement  of 
changes in equity, consolidated statement of cash flows, company balance sheet, company statement of 
changes in equity, company statement of cash flows and notes to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their  preparation  is  applicable  law  and  international  accounting  standards  in  conformity  with  the 
requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  and  international  financial  reporting  standards  adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union, and as regards the Parent 
Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (ISAs  (UK))  and 
applicable  law.  Our  responsibilities  under  those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a  basis  for  our  opinion.  Our  audit 
opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.  

Independence 

Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Directors on 4 August 
2020 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2020 and subsequent financial 
periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including retenders and reappointments is 1 year, 
covering the year ending 31 December 2020. We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in 
the  UK,  including  the  FRC’s  Ethical  Standard  as  applied  to  listed  public  interest  entities,  and  we  have 

89 

 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit services 
prohibited by that standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company.  

Conclusions relating to going concern 

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis 
of  accounting  in  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  is  appropriate.  Our  evaluation  of  the 
Directors’  assessment  of  the  Group  and  the  Parent  Company’s  ability  to  continue  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis of accounting included: 

•  a detailed audit of forecasts prepared by management for a period of at least 12 months from the 

date of approval of the financial statements; 

•  a review of stressed forecasts, as prepared by management, which detailed the changes of key 
assumptions which would lead to the business no longer being a going concern. As part of this we 
reviewed the likelihood of these changes against documentation provided by management and 
from external sources;  

•  we have assessed the accuracy of management’s forecasts by confirming the accuracy of historic 
forecasts, corroborating the inputs to supporting documentation and agreeing expected changes 
from historic actuals; and 

•  we carried out discussions with management and board members to challenge the future outlook 
and  cash  commitments  of  the  group  and  how  these  had  been  included  within  the  forecasts 
reviewed and further potential impacts on the forecasts. 

Further details of the Directors’ assessment of going concern is provided in note 1. 

Based  on  the  work  we  have  performed,  we  have  not  identified  any  material  uncertainties  relating  to 
events  or  conditions  that,  individually  or  collectively,  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the  group  and 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.  

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
we  have  nothing  material  to  add  or  draw  attention  to  in  relation  to  the  Directors’  statement  in  the 
financial statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting. 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described 
in the relevant sections of this report. 

Overview 

Coverage 

100% of Group loss before tax 
100% of Group revenue 
98.7% of Group total assets 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Key audit matters 

KAM 1 

KAM 2 

Valuation  of 
share liabilities 

investments  and  preference 

Consolidation  accounting  and  judgement  of 
the  group  not  meeting  the  criteria  for  an 
investment entity  

Materiality 

£1.166m based on 2% of net assets. 

An overview of the scope of our audit 

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including 
the Group’s system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including assessing 
whether  there  was  evidence  of  bias  by  the  Directors  that  may  have  represented  a  risk  of  material 
misstatement. 

In  establishing  the  overall  approach  to  the  group  audit,  we  assessed  the  audit  significance  of  each 
component in the group by reference to both its individual financial significance to the group or other 
specific nature or circumstances. We identified four individually significant components, which makes up 
100% of Group loss before tax and also covers 98.7% of the total assets of the group. Separate to the four 
significant  components  we  carried  out  audit  procedures  on  the  two  investments  which  are  equity 
accounted for, to group materiality. 

The significant components were located in the UK and the USA. The significant component in the UK was 
audited by the group audit team, with those located in the USA, audited by our network member firm in 
the USA, noting that all the group’s finance team and information for both territories is based within the 
USA.  

For components of the group not considered to be significant components we performed limited audit 
procedures  over  areas  considered  to  be  significant  risks  to  the  group  audit.  Furthermore,  the  Group 
auditor has been responsible for directing all the audit work completed, the audit risks identified and the 
contents of the annual report and disclosures accompanying the financial statements. 

Our involvement with component auditors 

For the work performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement needed in order 
to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained as a basis for our 
opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. Our involvement with component auditors included 
the following: 

We provided instructions to the component auditor setting out the risks and procedures to be performed 
as part of their full scope audit, reporting to us on the significant components and equity investments 
accounted  for  in  this  territory,  and  determined  appropriately  scoped  risks,  procedures  and  agreed 
responses to those risks with the component audit team. 

91 

 
 
  
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

We held planning meetings with the component team to discuss the component risk assessment including 
materiality,  and  overall  reporting  process  that  was  then  communicated  formally  in  group  audit 
instructions.  Our  instructions  required  a  number  of  reporting  deliverables  including  the  component 
auditor opinion that was received and reviewed. We took an active part in reviewing the work performed; 
this  was  performed  remotely  but  with  the  component  auditor  in  attendance.  This,  together  with  the 
additional procedures performed at Group level over the consolidation process gave us the evidence we 
needed for our opinion on the financial statements as a whole. 

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters. 

Key audit matter  
Financial 
instruments 
measured  at  fair 
value  

Note 1 – Financial 
instruments  and 
Fair 
value 
measurement 
policies,  Note  11 
and 16 

The financial statements include 
significant 
investment  assets 
and  liabilities  which  are  held  at 
fair value under IFRS9.  

Due to the number of significant 
judgements and estimates made 
by  management  in  valuing  the 
assets  and  liabilities,  as  well 
complexity of the models used to 
give a fair value, there is a high 
risk of material misstatement.  

This  was 
identified  as  a 
significant  risk  as  part  of  the 
audit  planning  and  a  key  audit 
matter  to  be  included  in  the 
audit report. 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter 
The work carried out in the risk identified was a follows: 

• 

• 

• 

•  Use of an auditor’s expert in valuations prepared under IFRS9 
to  review  the  models  used  to  value  the  investments  and 
preference share liability in order to determine whether they 
were aligned with recognised valuation models and that they 
were  appropriate  for  valuing  the  underlying  investment  or 
liability. 
A re-performance of the numerical and arithmetic accuracy 
of the model compared with the inputs used to ensure the 
final output value was accurately calculated. 
A  review  of  the  inputs  into  the  models  and  agreement  to 
supporting evidence to corroborate whether the inputs were 
reasonable and appropriate. 
Challenged  management  on  all  judgemental  or  estimated 
inputs  into  the  models  to  determine  whether  they  appear 
reasonable  in  respect  of  corroborating  information  from 
management and third party sources. 
Carried  out  sensitivity  analysis  in  respect  of  the  key  and 
judgemental inputs into the models to understand potential 
impacts on the valuation of the underlying instruments. 
Reviewed the disclosure in the annual report to understand 
if this was aligned with the underlying calculation from the 
models used and that all information of importance to the 
in 
users  of  the  accounts  was  adequately  disclosed 
accordance  with  the  accounting  standards.  We  have  also 
agreed the disclosure is aligned to the accounting policy as 
disclosed in the annual report. 

• 

• 

Key observations: 

Based on the work performed we consider that investments and the 
preference  share  liability  have  been  valued  appropriately  and  in 
accordance  with  the  Group’s  accounting  policy  for  these  financial 
statement areas. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Consolidation 
accounting  

Note  1  –  Basis  of 
consolidation  and 
Use 
of 
Judgements  and 
Estimates 

The  group  consolidates  a  number  of 
subsidiary  investments  whilst  other 
investments  are  held  under  IFRS9  at 
fair value through the profit and loss. 
Management  make  a  judgement  in 
respect of the appropriate accounting 
treatment  for  their  investments  and 
to  material 
lead 
this 
misstatement 
financial 
the 
in 
statements. 

could 

The work carried out in the risk identified was a follows: 

•  We have agreed the share holdings and overall control 
held  by  the  group  in  each  of  its  investments  to 
supporting  documentation  to  understand  which 
investments are accounted for under IFRS9 or IFRS10. 
•  We  have  challenged  and  reviewed  management’s 
judgements in respect of each of the investments and 
confirm  that  it  is  aligned  with  the  understanding 
gained in respect of ownership and control exercised 
over the investments. 

•  We  have  reviewed  management’s  judgements  with 
the  accounting  standard  to  consider  whether  the 
group  meets  the  criteria  to  be  considered  an 
investment entity. 

Key observations: 
Based on our audit work performed, we concur with the 
judgements made by management in categorising the group’s 
investments.   

Our application of materiality 

We apply the concept of  materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the 
effect of misstatements.  We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including 
omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the 
financial statements.  

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, 
we  use a lower materiality level, performance  materiality, to determine  the extent of  testing needed. 
Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also 
take  account  of  the  nature  of  identified  misstatements,  and  the  particular  circumstances  of  their 
occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole.  

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole 
and performance materiality as follows: 

Materiality 
Basis  for  determining 
materiality 
Rationale 
benchmark applied 

the 

for 

Group financial statements 
2020 
$’000 
1,166 

Parent company financial statements 
2020 
$’000 
37 

2% of net assets 

2% of net assets 

The parent company benchmark was set in 
line with that of the group for the individual 
parent entity. 

of 

the 

The  performance  of  the  group 
is 
measured by management based on the 
performance 
underlying 
investments.  Further,  as  noted  above, 
one  of  the  significant  risk  areas  is  the 
valuation 
and 
preference share liabilities in the group. 
These  two  balances  make  up  the 
majority  of  the  statement  of  financial 

investments 

of 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Performance 
materiality 
Basis  for  determining 
performance 
materiality 

position,  indicating  net  assets  as  the 
appropriate benchmark. 

700k 

22k 

materiality 

Performance 
was 
determined to be 60% of materiality in 
our  work.  This  level  was  chosen  based 
on  this  being  the  first  year  BDO  had 
audited  the  group  and  therefore,  a 
lower  level  of  performance  materiality 
was used to ensure sufficient audit work 
is  completed  to  provide  an  ongoing 
understanding of the group. 

Performance materiality was determined to 
be 60% of materiality in our work. This level 
was  chosen  based  on  this  being  the  first 
year  BDO  had  audited  the  company  and 
therefore,  a  lower  level  of  performance 
materiality  was  used  to  ensure  sufficient 
audit  work  is  completed  to  provide  an 
ongoing understanding of the company 

Component materiality 

We set materiality for each component of the Group based on a percentage of between 20% and 90% of 
Group materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of that 
component.  Component materiality ranged from £233k to £1,166k. In the audit of each component, we 
further  applied  performance  materiality  levels  of  60%  of  the  component  materiality  to  our  testing  to 
ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component materiality was appropriately mitigated. 

Reporting threshold   

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in 
excess of £61k. We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds. 

Other information 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our 
opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other  information  and,  except  to  the  extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
Our  responsibility  is  to  read  the  other  information  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other 
information  is  materially  inconsistent  with  the  financial  statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the 
course  of  the  audit,  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  such  material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise 
to  a  material  misstatement  in  the  financial  statements  themselves.  If,  based  on  the  work  we  have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required 
to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Corporate governance statement 

The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term 
viability  and  that  part  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Statement  relating  to  the  parent  company’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Statement specified for our review.  

94 

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements 
of  the  Corporate  Governance  Statement  is  materially  consistent  with  the  financial  statements  or  our 
knowledge obtained during the audit.  

Going  concern 
and 
longer-
term viability 

Other 
provisions  

Code 

•  The Directors' statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the 
going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified, 
set out on page 104; and 

•  The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the 
period this assessment covers and why they period is appropriate, set out on 
page 38. 

•  Directors' statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 

40;  

•  Board’s  confirmation  that  it  has  carried  out  a  robust  assessment  of  the 

emerging and principal risks set out on page 24;  

•  The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of 
risk management and internal control systems set out on page 50; and 
•  The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 84. 

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting 

Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we 
are  required  by  the  Companies  Act  2006  and  ISAs  (UK)  to  report  on  certain  opinions  and  matters  as 
described below.   

Strategic 
report 
Directors’ 
report  

and 

Directors’ 
remuneration 

Matters 
on 
which  we  are 
to 
required 
report 
by 
exception 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 
• 

the  information  given  in  the  Strategic  report  and  the  Directors’  report  for  the 
financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with 
the financial statements; and 
the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance 
with applicable legal requirements. 

• 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company 
and  its  environment  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we  have  not  identified 
material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report. 
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which 
the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or 
returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been  received  from  branches  not 
visited by us; or 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

• 

• 

the  Parent  Company  financial  statements  and  the  part  of  the  Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns; or 
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; 
or 

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our 

audit. 

Responsibilities of Directors 

As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for 
such  internal  control  as  the  Directors  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  the  Directors  are  responsible  for  assessing  the  Group’s  and  the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate 
the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

Irregularities,  including  fraud,  are  instances  of  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations.  We  design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect 
of  irregularities,  including  fraud.  The  extent  to  which  our  procedures  are  capable  of  detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below: 

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the 
Group and determined that the most significant frameworks which are directly relevant to specific 
assertions  in  the  financial  statements  are  those  that  relate  to  the  reporting  framework,  the 
Companies  Act  2006  and  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code,  the  Listing  Rules  of  the  UK  Listing 
Authority and the relevant tax compliance regulations. 

•  We  understood  how  the  Group  is  complying  with  those  legal  and  regulatory  frameworks  by 
making  enquiries  to  management,  internal  legal  counsel,  those  responsible  for  legal  and 
compliance  procedures  and  other  individuals  outside  management.  We  corroborated  our 
enquiries through our review of board minutes and papers provided to the Audit Committee and 
through review of legal correspondence. 

96 

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

•  We  assessed  the  susceptibility  of  the  Group’s  financial  statements  to  material  misstatement, 
including how fraud might occur by meeting with management from various parts of the business 
to understand where it is considered there was a susceptibility of fraud.  

•  We also considered performance targets and their propensity to influence on efforts made by 
management to manage earnings. We considered the programs and controls that the Group and 
components have established to address risks identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and 
detect fraud; and how senior management monitors those programs and controls. Where the risk 
was considered to be higher, we performed audit procedures to address each identified fraud 
risk. These procedures included testing manual journals and were designed to provide reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements were free of fraud or error.  

•  We  communicated  relevant  identified  laws  and  regulations  and  potential  fraud  risks  to  all 
engagement team members and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance 
with laws and regulations throughout the audit. 

Our  audit  procedures  were  designed  to  respond  to  risks  of  material  misstatement  in  the  financial 
statements, recognising that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than 
the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example,  forgery,  misrepresentations  or  through  collusion.  There  are  inherent  limitations  in  the  audit 
procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the 
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it. 

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 

Use of our report 

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Parent Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Iain Henderson (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor 

London, UK 

Date: 29 March 2021 

BDO  LLP  is  a  limited  liability  partnership  registered  in  England  and  Wales  (with  registered  number 
OC305127). 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/ (LOSS) 

For the year ended 31 December 

Note 

Revenue 

Operating expenses: 
Cost of revenue 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

  Research and development expenses 
  Operating loss 

Other income: 

  Gain on disposal of assets 
       Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiary 

(Loss)/ gain on investments held at fair value (net) 

  Gain on dissolution of subsidiaries 

  Other (expense)/ income 

Finance income 
Finance cost 
Finance (cost)/ income from IFRS9/ fair value accounting  

Finance (loss)/ income, net  

3 

4,5 
4,5 
4,5 

11 
11 
11,20 
4,15 

7 
7 
7 

Share of net loss of associates accounted for using the equity method         11 

Taxation 

(Loss)/ income before taxation 

(Loss)/ income for the period 

Other comprehensive income: 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Foreign currency translation differences 

  Other comprehensive (loss)/ income, net of taxation 
Total comprehensive (loss)/ income for the period 

(Loss)/ income attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

  Non-controlling interests 

Total comprehensive (loss)/ income attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

  Non-controlling interests 

(Loss)/ income per share 

Basic 
  Diluted 

23 

15 

15 

8 

8 

98 

2020 
$ '000 

2019 
$ '000 

480    

2,692 

(210)   
(10,497)   
(4,712)   

(14,939)   

— 
— 
(31,934)   
— 
(31,934)   
291    
(314)   
(1,763)   

(1,786)   
(6,845)   
(55,504) 
—     

(55,504) 

(116)   

(116)   

(55,620) 

(53,025) 
(2,479)  

(55,504) 

(53,141) 
(2,479)  

(55,620) 

$ 
(0.22)   

(0.22)   

(1,433) 
(34,316) 
(16,146) 
(49,203) 

165 
69,828 
41,194 
7,128 
118,315 
1,008 
(267) 
9,251 

9,992 
(28,850) 
50,254 
— 

50,254 

808 

808 

51,062 

51,335 
(1,081) 

50,254 

52,143 
(1,081) 

51,062 

$ 

0.21 

0.21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
As of 31 December 

  Note 

2020 
$ '000 

2019 
$ '000 

Non-current assets 

Property and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Investment at fair value 
Investment in associate 
Right-of-use assets 
Other financial assets 
Total non-current assets 
Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents  
    Trade and other receivables  

Other financial assets 

Total current assets 
Total assets 

Equity 

Share capital 
Translation reserve 
Accumulated profit 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 
Non-current liabilities 
Lease liabilities  
Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 
Deferred revenue 
Loans 

    Preferred shares 
    Lease liabilities  
Total current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Total equity and liabilities 

9  
10  
11,20 
11  
       19 
20  

12  
13  
20  

14 
14 
14 

14,15 

19 
17,18  

17  
3  
18 
16  
19 

1,596 
—  
41,588 
—  
651 
581 
44,416 

24,489 
5,816 
                         2,279 

32,585 
77,000 

3,767 
1,343 
55,440 
60,550 
(2,264) 
58,286 

806 
1,440 
2,246 

2,101 
3,697 
3,149 
6,497 
1,024 

16,468 
18,714 
77,000 

1,485 
197 
61,895 
6,845 
1,016 
1,257 
72,695 

90,571  
5,702 
1,581 

97,854 
170,549 

3,759 
1,459 
147,238 
152,456 
115 
152,571 

1,830 
1,965 
3,795 

4,685 
3,457 
― 
5,017 
1,024 
14,183 
17,978 
170,549 

Allied Minds plc 
Registered number: 08998697 
The financial statements on pages 98 to 153 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised 
for issue on 29 March 2021 and signed on its behalf by: 

Harry Rein 
Non-Executive Chairman 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

For the year ended 31 December 2020 

Note 

Share capital 

Share 

Merger 

Translation 

Accumulated 

Total parent 

Non-controlling 

Shares 

Amount 

$' 000 

premium 

$' 000 

reserve 

$' 000 

reserve 

$' 000 

Profit/(Deficit) 

$' 000 

equity 

$' 000 

interests 

$' 000 

Total 

equity 

$' 000 

651 

— 
808 

808 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,459   

—     
(116)   

(116)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,343    

(325,635)   

102,296   

18,484    

120,780 

51,335 
—     

51,335 

— 

423,537 

— 

— 

— 

(1,999)  

147,238 

(53,025) 
—     

(53,025) 

— 

— 

51,335 
808 

52,143 

16 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,999) 

152,456 

55,440 
(116) 

(53,141) 

8    

— 

(39,707)   

(39,707)   

934    

55,440 

934    

60,550 

(1,081)   
—     

(1,081)   

— 

— 

1,550    

(7,128)   

(12,050)   

534   

115    

(2,479)   
—     

(2,479)   

— 

(18)   

—     

118    

(2,264)   

50,254 
808 

51,062 

16 

— 

1,550  

(7,128) 

(12,050) 

(1,465) 

152,571 

(55,504) 
(116)   

(55,620) 

8    

(18)   

(39,707)   

1,052    

58,286 

Balance at 31 December 2018 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Income from continuing operations  
Foreign currency translation 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Issuance of ordinary shares 

Gain/(loss) arising from change in non – controlling interest 

Capital reduction 

Deconsolidation of subsidiaries  

Dissolution of subsidiaries  

US subsidiary distribution to shareholders 

Equity-settled share based payments 

Balance at 31 December 2019 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Loss from continuing operations 
Foreign currency translation 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Issuance of ordinary shares 

Loss arising from change in non-controlling interest 

Dividend payment 

Equity-settled share based payments 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

240,314,745 

3,743 

160,170 

263,367 

— 
— 

1,248,378 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

16 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

241,563,123 

3,759 

— 
— 

624,862    

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

8    

— 

— 

— 

242,187,985    

3,767    

14 

15 

15 

15 

6 

6 

14 

15 

14 

6 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(160,170) 

(263,367) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

For the year ended 31 December 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Income/(loss) for the year 

  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash 

used in operating activities: 

Depreciation 

Amortisation 

Impairment losses on property and equipment 

Impairment losses on intangible assets 

Share-based compensation expense 

  Gain on disposal of assets 

Loss/ (gain) on investments held at fair value 

  Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiary 
  Gain on dissolution of subsidiaries 
Share of net loss of associate 

Changes in working capital: 

Decrease in trade and other receivables 

(Increase)/decrease in other assets 

Increase in trade and other payables 

Decrease in other non-current liabilities 

Increase in deferred revenue 

(Decrease)/increase in other liabilities 

  Unrealised loss/(gain) on foreign currency transactions 
  Other finance expense/(income) 
Net cash used in operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of property and equipment, net of disposals 

Purchases of intangible assets, net of disposals 

Purchase of investments at fair value 

Proceeds on disposal of assets 

Receipt of payment for finance sub-lease 

Proceeds on disposal of other investments 

Cash derecognised upon loss of control over subsidiary 

Net cash (used in)/ provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes 

Receipt of PPP loan 

Payment of lease liability 

Dividend payment 

  US Subsidiary distributions to shareholders 

Proceeds from issuance of share capital 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares in subsidiaries 

Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period 

101 

Note 

2020 

$ '000 

2019  

$ '000 

(55,504) 

50,254 

9,19 

10 

9 

10 

5,6 
4 

11,20 

11 

4 

11 

13 

17 

17 

3 

7 

9 

10 

11 

11 

19 

11 

11 

18 

18 

19 

14 

6,14 

16 

819 

197 

—     

—     

1,052 

—     

31,934 

—     

—     

6,845 

(114) 

(874) 

                     (876) 

 (1,643)  

240 

(780) 

(116) 

1,763 

(17,057) 

(564)   

—     

(10,855)   

                         —  

                       78  

—     

—     

(11,341)   

2,981    

184    

(1,150)   

(39,707)   

—     

                            8 

—     

(37,684)   
(66,082)   

90,571    

24,489    

2,273 

551 

421 

250 

(1,465) 

(165) 

(41,194) 

(69,828) 

(7,128) 

28,850 

(429) 

(2,412) 

(1,042)  

(2,929)  

1,136 

6,182 

808 

(8,984) 

(44,851) 

(3,604) 

(71) 

(7,500) 

65 

61 

65,605 

(33,051) 

21,505 

1,965 

— 

(1,540) 

— 

(12,050) 

16 

25,292 

13,683 

(9,663) 

100,234 

90,571 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

For the year ended 31 December 2020 

(1)  Accounting Policies 

Basis of Preparation 

Allied Minds plc (“Allied Minds” or the “Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in the UK. 
The Annual Report and Accounts of Allied Minds and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”) 
are presented for the year ended 31 December 2020. The Group financial statements have been prepared 
and approved by the directors in accordance with international accounting standard in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act of 2006 and in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards, International Accounting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies in  the European  Union for the year ended 31 December 2020. The  accounting  policies set out 
below  have,  unless  otherwise  stated,  been  applied  consistently  to  all  periods  presented  in  these 
consolidated financial statements. 

Basis of Measurement 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except that the 
following assets and liabilities are stated at their fair value: investments held at fair value and financial 
instruments classified as fair value through the profit or loss. 

Use of Judgments and Estimates 

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management has made judgments, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of the Group’s accounting policies and the reported amounts of 
assets,  liabilities,  income  and  expenses.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates.  Estimates  and 
underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  on-going  basis.  Revisions  to  estimates  are  recognised 
prospectively. The effects on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements, or on other 
alternative performance measures, is included in the following notes: 

Significant estimates made include: 

•  Note 11 and 17 – Valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value through profit/loss: 
There is uncertainty in estimating the fair value of subsidiary note payables, subsidiary preferred 
shares, and convertible note assets and investments carried at fair value through profit and loss 
(FVTPL)  according  to  IFRS  9  at  initial  recognition  and  upon  subsequent  measurement.  This 
includes  determining  the  appropriate  valuation  methodology  and  making  certain  estimates 
including future earnings potential of the subsidiary businesses, appropriate discount rate and 
earnings  multiple  to  be  applied,  marketability,  the  probability  weighting  of  the  scenarios  and 
other industry and company specific risk factors.  

Significant judgements made include:  

•  Note 11 – there is judgement in considering when the power to control the subsidiary exists or 
retaining significant influence as it is dependent on certain factors including the voting power the 

102 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

entity exercises over the company, the proportion of seats the company controls on the board 
and the investees dependence on the investor for funding, knowledge and its operations. . Further 
to the above the group has considered its position under IFRS10 in respect of whether it is an 
investment entity for the purposes of this standard. Management have reviewed the operations 
of  the  group  in  line  with  the  standard,  and  whilst  there  are  characteristics  which  indicate  the 
group could be considered an investment company, the underlying measurement of success for 
the  consolidated  portfolio  investments  is  progress  in  relation  to  key  strategic  milestones  in 
bringing  their  products  to  market  and  not  the  fair  value  of  the  business.  Based  on  this 
management  have  judged  the  business  to  not  be  an  investment  entity  and  consolidate  its 
subsidiaries under IFRS10. 

•  Note 11  – as the entities  in the group  progress they require further external funding which in 
some scenarios reduces the Group’s shareholding to an extent that it loses control under IFRS 10 
which  results  in  them  no  longer  being  able  to  consolidate  the  entity.  There  is  a  significant 
judgement in relation to whether the shares are accounted for as an investment in associate per 
IAS 28 or as a financial asset per IFRS 9 and therefore held at fair value. This judgement includes, 
among  others,  an  assessment  of  whether  the  Company  has  representation  on  the  board  of 
directors of the investee, whether the Company participates in the policy making processes of the 
investee,  whether  there  is  any  interchange  of  managerial  personnel,  whether  there  is  any 
essential technical information provided to the investee and if there are any transactions between 
the Company and the investee. 

•  Note 17 and 20 – financial instrument liability classification: when determining the classification 
of financial instruments in terms of liability or equity. These judgements include an assessment 
whether  the  financial  instrument  include  any  embedded  derivative  features,  whether  they 
include a contractual obligations upon the Group to deliver cash or other financial assets or to 
exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another party, and whether that obligation 
will be settled by the Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a 
fixed number of its own equity instruments. Further information about these critical judgments is 
included below under Financial Instruments. 

•  Note 11 and 17 – financial instrument valuations and investment at fair value valuations: when 

determining the appropriate valuation methodology. 

Other estimates and judgments: 

•  Note 3 – revenue recognition: in determining the correct amount of revenue to be recognised, 
the Directors make estimates of the fair values of each component of a contract to be able to 
allocate the overall consideration to each component based on the relative fair value method or 
make estimates of future costs when applying the inputs method. 

•  Note  3  –  timing  of  revenue  recognition:  making  certain  judgements  when  determining  the 
appropriate  accounting  treatment  of  key  customer  contract  terms  in  accordance  with  the 
applicable accounting standards and in determining whether revenue should be recognised at a 
point in time or over a period of time. 

103 

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

•  Note 19 – discount rate used in lease treatment: in determining the appropriate discount rate to 
calculate the present value of lease payments. These judgements include an assessment whether 
the Group will use the rate implicit in the lease, or if that rate was not readily determinable, to 
use the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. This is because both rates, as they have been defined 
in IFRS 16, take into account the credit standing of the lessee, the length of the lease, the nature 
and quality of the collateral provided and the economic environment in which the transaction 
occurs. 

Changes in Accounting Policies 

There  are  no  new  standards  impacting  the  Group  that  have  been  adopted  in  the  annual  financial 
statements  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2020,  which  have  given  rise  to  material  changes  in  the 
Group's accounting policies. 

Going Concern 

The Directors have taken proactive cost management measures that include reduction in expenses of the 
management function of the head office at the parent level.  They have also decided to focus exclusively 
on  supporting  the  seven  existing  portfolio  companies  and  maximising  monetisation  opportunities  for 
portfolio company interests, and not to deploy any capital into new portfolio companies.  In the event of 
successful monetisation events from the sale of portfolio companies or portfolio company interests, the 
Directors anticipate distributing the net proceeds to shareholders, after due consideration of potential 
follow-on investment opportunities within the existing portfolio and working capital requirements. The 
Directors expect this strategy to take at least three years to be fully implemented, and as a matter of good 
governance, will continue to keep this strategy under review at appropriate intervals.  They have prepared 
trading and cash flow forecasts for the parent covering the period to 31 December 2023 after taking into 
account the $39.7 million dividend paid to shareholders in February 2020 after the successful disposal of 
its ownership in Hawkeye 360. Reflecting this revised strategy, although the Group is currently loss making 
and is likely to continue to be so, at least in the short term, after making enquiries and considering the 
impact of risks and opportunities on expected cash flows, and given the fact that the Group has $24.4 
million of available funds in the form of cash and cash equivalents as at 31 December 2020, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate cash to continue in operational existence for 
a period of not less than 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. Furthermore, 
the directors have considered the timeline of when it plans to dispose of, divest or reinvest in its portfolio 
companies and there is no intention to cease trading or liquidate the business for the period under the 
going concern review. 

The Directors have also put in measures to mitigate against the risks to the business due to the impact of 
COVID-19. Specifically, these include closely monitoring the health, safety and security of our workforce; 
complying  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  and  guidelines;  implementing  temporary  travel 
restrictions; making accommodations to allow our workforce to work remotely; and remaining in close 
communication with all of our customers, suppliers and partners to collaborate on how to best support 
each other’s needs in this new environment.   

Despite all of this, any impact from COVID-19 will not affect Allied Minds from a going concern perspective.  
In fact, the impact of COVID-19 is adding cost savings during 2020 as a result of suspension of all travel for 

104 

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

board meetings, investor meetings and the 2020 Annual General Meeting. These savings have a positive 
impact on Allied Minds as a going concern.   

For this reason, they have adopted the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. 

Basis of Consolidation 

Allied Minds plc was formed on 15 April 2014 and the consolidated financial statements for each of the 
years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 comprises the financial statements of Allied Minds plc and its 
subsidiaries. 

Subsidiaries 

The  financial  information  of  the  subsidiaries  is  prepared  for  the  same  reporting  period  as  the  parent 
Company,  using  consistent  accounting  policies.  Subsidiaries  are  entities  controlled  by  the  Group.  The 
Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with 
the  entity  and  has  the  ability  to  affect  those  returns  through  its  power  over  the  entity.  The  financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences  until  the  date  that  control  ceases.  Losses  applicable  to  the  non-controlling  interests  in  a 
subsidiary  are  allocated  to  the  non-controlling  interests  even  if  doing  so  causes  the  non-controlling 
interests to have a deficit balance. 

Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as 
equity  transactions.  Where  the  Group  loses  control  of  a  subsidiary,  the  assets  and  liabilities  are 
derecognised along with any related NCI and other components of equity. Any resulting gain or loss is 
recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former subsidiary is measured at fair value when 
control is lost. 

Associates 

Associates  are  those  entities  in  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence,  but  not  control,  over  the 
financial and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 
20 and 50 percent of the voting power of another entity. 

Associates  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  (equity  accounted  investees)  and  are  initially 
recognised  at  cost.  The  Group’s  investment  includes  goodwill  identified  on  acquisition,  net  of  any 
accumulated impairment losses. The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the 
total comprehensive income and equity movements of equity accounted investees, from the date that 
significant influence commences until the date that significant influence ceases. When the Group’s share 
of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to 
$nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred 
legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an investee. To the extent the Group 
holds interests in associates that are not providing access to returns underlying ownership interests and 
are more akin to debt like securities, the instrument held by Allied Minds is accounted for in accordance 
with IFRS 9. 

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra- group 

105 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

transactions, are eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees 
are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised 
losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence 
of impairment. 

Changes of non-controlling interests 

Non-controlling interests (‘‘NCI’’) are measured at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable 
net assets at the acquisition date. Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a 
loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. 

Changes  of  non-controlling  interests  that  do  not  result  in  a  change  of  control  are  accounted  for  as 
transactions with owners in their capacity as owners and therefore no goodwill is recognised as a result 
of such transactions. The adjustments to non-controlling interests are based on a proportionate amount 
of the net assets of the subsidiary. Any difference between the price paid or received and the amount by 
which non-controlling interests are adjusted is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners 
of the parent. 

Functional and Presentation Currency 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars, which is the functional currency of 
most  of  the  entities  in  the  Group.  All  amounts  have  been  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand  unless 
otherwise indicated. 

Foreign Currency 

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities 
at  the  foreign  exchange  rate  ruling  at  the  date  of  the  transaction.  Monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated to the functional currency 
at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that 
are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at 
the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that 
are stated at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at foreign exchange rates ruling at the 
dates the fair value was determined. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on 
consolidation, are translated to the Group’s presentational currency (US dollar) at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an 
average rate for the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates 
of the transactions. Exchange differences arising from this translation of foreign operations are reported 
as an item of other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve or non- controlling 
interest, as the case may be. When a foreign operation is disposed of, such that control, joint control or 
significant influence (as the case may be) is lost, the entire accumulated amount in the translation reserve, 
net of amounts previously attributed to non-controlling interests, is reclassified to profit or loss as part of 
the  gain  or  loss  on  disposal.  When  the  Group  disposes  of  only  part  of  its  interest  in  a  subsidiary  that 
includes  a  foreign  operation  while  still  retaining  control,  the  relevant  proportion  of  the  accumulated 
amount  is  reattributed  to  non-controlling  interests.  When  the  Group  disposes  of  only  part  of  its 

106 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

investment in a subsidiary or an associate that includes a foreign operation while still retaining significant 
influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or 
loss. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or 
less. 

Financial Instruments 

Classification – Financial Assets  

IFRS 9 contains a classification and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects the business 
model, in which assets are managed, and their cash flow characteristics. IFRS 9 contains three principal 
classification  categories  for  financial  assets:  measured  at  amortised  cost,  fair  value  through  other 
comprehensive income (“FVOCI”) and fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). Under IFRS 9, derivatives 
embedded  in  contracts  where  the  host  is  a  financial  asset  in  the  scope  of  the  standard  are  never 
bifurcated. Instead, the hybrid as a whole is assessed for classification. 

Cash and cash equivalents: Represent basic cash balances in banks used to fund operations. These are 
classified as assets at amortised cost under IFRS 9.  

Trade Receivables: Under IFRS 9 trade receivables that do not have a significant financing component have 
to be initially recognised at their transaction price rather than at fair value. The Group initially recognises 
receivables and deposits on the date that they are originated at their transaction price, which is the same 
as their fair value. As such, Trade and other receivables are classified as assets at amortised cost under 
IFRS 9.  

Security and other deposits: These generally represent security deposits paid by the Group to landlords as 
part of operating lease commitments. As the Company’s objective is that those deposits will be collected 
back, they are classified as assets at amortised cost under IFRS 9.  

Investments at fair value: Reflect investments made by the Group in non-derivative instruments of the 
investees that are designated in this category or not classified in any other category. These financial assets 
are initially measured at fair value and subsequently re-measured at fair value at each reporting date, and 
on derecognition. The Company elects if the gain or loss will be recognised in the Consolidated Statements 
of Comprehensive Income/ (Loss) in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) or through the profit and loss 
on  an  instrument  by  instrument  basis.  Investments  at  fair  value  are  presented  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Position as non-current assets, unless the Group intends to dispose of them within 
12 months after the end of the reporting period. If the investments at fair value continue to be held for 
the same long-term strategic purposes, per the application of IFRS 9, the Group may elect then to classify 
them as FVOCI or FVTPL. The Group classifies them as FVTPL. In the former case, all fair value gains and 
losses would be reported in other comprehensive income, no impairment losses would be recognised in 
profit or loss and no gains or losses would be reclassified to profit or loss on disposal. In the latter case, 
all fair value gains and losses would be recognised in profit or loss as they arise, increasing volatility in the 
Group’s profits. These financial assets do not have exposure to credit risk and are not considered credit-
impaired.  As  a  result,  there  are  no  adjustments  considered  for  movement  in  credit  risk  as  this  is  not 

107 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

applicable within the specific valuation frameworks utilised for the fair values of the Group’s preferred 
stock assets. To the extent the Group holds interests in associates that are not providing access to returns 
underlying ownership interests and are more akin to debt like securities, the instrument held by Allied 
Minds is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9. 

Classification – Financial Liabilities  

Under  IFRS  9  all  fair  value  changes  of  liabilities  designated  as  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are 
generally presented in profit or loss.  

The Group designates the subsidiary preferred shares liability at FVTPL under IFRS 9. Hence, any gains and 
losses on the preferred shares liability are recognised in profit or loss, unless they relate to changes in the 
entity’s own credit risk for financial liability designated as at fair value through profit or loss. The effect of 
changes in the entity’s own credit risk in the fair value of the financial liabilities are presented in other 
comprehensive  income.  For  the  underlying  financial  instruments  no  adjustments  are  considered  for 
movement in credit risk as this is not applicable within the specific valuation frameworks utilized for the 
fair values of the Group’s preferred share liability.  

Trade and other payables and loans are designated at amortised cost under IFRS 9.  

Impairment 

IFRS  9  includes  a  ‘forward  looking  expected  credit  loss’  (“ECL”)  model.  The  impairment  methodology 
applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables, the 
group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be 
recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. 

Financial Instruments Issued by the Group 

Under IAS 32, financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they 
meet the following two conditions: 

• 

they include no contractual obligations upon the Group to deliver cash or other financial assets 
or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are 
potentially unfavourable to the Group; and 

•  where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either 
a non-derivative that includes no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own 
equity  instruments  or  is  a  derivative  that  will  be  settled  by  the  Company’s  exchanging  a  fixed 
amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments. 

To the extent that this definition is not met, the financial instrument is classified as a financial liability. 
Where  the  instrument  so  classified  takes  the  legal  form  of  the  Company’s  own  shares,  the  amounts 
presented in the financial information for share capital and merger reserve account exclude amounts in 
relation to those shares.  

Where a financial instrument that contains both equity and financial liability components exists, these 
components are separated and accounted for individually under the above policy. 

108 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Share Capital 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. The Group considers its capital to comprise share capital, share 
premium, merger reserve, translation reserve, and accumulated deficit.  

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment 
losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Assets under 
construction represent machinery and equipment to be used in operations, R&D activities, or to be leased 
to customers once completed. 

When parts of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as 
separate  items  (major  components)  of  property  and  equipment.  Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the 
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets: 

3 years  
Computers and electronics 
5 years 
Furniture and fixtures 
5 -20 years 
Machinery and equipment 
Not depreciated until transferred into use 
Under construction 
Leasehold improvements 
Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset 
Right-of-Use Assets                                     Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset  

Depreciation  methods,  useful  lives  and  residual  values  are  reviewed  at  least  annually  and  adjusted  if 
appropriate. 

The Directors have considered the value of fixed assets without revaluing them.  

The Directors are satisfied that the aggregate value of those assets at the time in question is or was not 
less than aggregate amount at which they are or were for the time being stated in the company's accounts 

Intangible Assets 

Licenses (or Options to License) and Purchased In Process Research & Development 

Licenses  or  options  to  license  represent  licenses  or  such  options  provided  by  universities,  federal 
laboratories,  and  scientists  in  exchange  for  an  equity  ownership  in  the  entities  or  cash.  Purchased  in 
process  research  &  development  (‘‘IPR&D’’)  represents  time  and  expertise  already  invested  by  the 
scientist and provided in exchange for an equity interest in the entity. Licenses or options to license and 
purchased IPR&D are valued based on the amount of cash directly paid to acquire those assets or based 
on the amount of cash contributed by Allied Minds, at inception of the subsidiary, and the proportionate 
amount of equity ascribed to Allied Minds. The licenses or options to license and purchased IPR&D are 
capitalised  only  when  they  meet  the  criteria  for  capitalisation,  namely  separately  identifiable  and 
measurable and it is probable that economic benefit will flow to the entity. 

Capitalised Development Costs 

Research  and  development  costs  include  charges  from  universities  based  on  sponsored  research 
agreements  (“SRAs”)  that  the  subsidiaries  of  Allied  Minds  enter  into  with  universities.  Under  these 
agreements, the universities perform research on the technology that is being licensed to the subsidiaries. 

109 

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Research  and  development  costs  also  include  charges  from  independent  research  and  development 
contractors, contract research organisations (“CROs”), and other research institutions. 

Expenditure on research activities is recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Development expenditure is 
capitalised only if the  expenditure can  be measured reliably, the  product or process is technically and 
commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, the Group intends to and has sufficient 
resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset, and if the Group can measure reliably 
the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. The point at which technical 
feasibility  is  determined  to  have  been  reached  is  when  regulatory  approval  has  been  received,  where 
applicable. Management determines that commercial viability has been reached when a clear market and 
pricing  point  have  been  identified,  which  may  coincide  with  achieving  recurring  sales.  Development 
activities  involve  a  plan  or  design  for  the  production  of  new  or  substantially  improved  products  or 
processes. The expenditure considered for capitalisation includes the cost of materials, direct labour and 
an appropriate proportion of overhead costs. Otherwise, the development expenditure is recognised in 
profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. 

Software 

Software intangible assets that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. 

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, from 
the date that they are available for use. Intangible assets which are not yet available for use (and therefore 
not amortised) are tested for impairment at least annually. 

Amortisation 

Amortisation is charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss on a straight-line basis over 
the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such lives are indefinite. Intangible assets with an 
indefinite useful life and goodwill are systematically tested for impairment at each balance sheet date. 
Other intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. Amortisation methods, 
useful lives and residual values are reviewed at least annually and adjusted if appropriate. 

The estimated useful lives of the Group’s intangible assets are as follows: 

Licences and Options to License 
Purchased IPR&D 

Software 

Leases 

Over the remaining life of the underlying patents 
Over  the  remaining 
commercial viability has been achieved 
2 years 

life  of  the  underlying  patents,  once 

IFRS  16  is  a  single,  on-balance  sheet  lease  accounting  model  for  lessees  and  requires  leases  to  be 
accounted for using a right-of-use model, which recognises that, at the date of commencement, a lessee 
has a financial obligation to make lease payments to the lessor for the right to use the underlying asset 
during the lease term. The lessee recognises a corresponding right-of-use asset related to this right. 

110 

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Upon adoption, the Group applied the following practical expedients:  
•  excluding initial direct costs from the right-of-use assets;  
•  use hindsight when assessing the lease term;  
•  not reassessing whether a contract is or contains a lease; and  
•  not separating the lease components from the non-lease components in lease contracts.  

The Group accounts for lease payments as an expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease 
for:  
• 
• 

Leases with a term of 12 months or less and containing no purchase options; and  
Leases where the underlying asset has a value of less than $5,000.  

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the 
transition date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, 
the Group used its incremental borrowing rate. The right-of-use asset is depreciated on a straight-line 
basis and the lease liability will give rise to an interest charge. 
Finance leases will continue to be treated as finance leases. In November 2019 the Company has relocated 
its corporate headquarters as part of management’s initiative to minimise headquarters expenses. As a 
result, starting November 2019, the Company entered into a sublease for the remaining period of the 
head lease.  

Under IFRS 16, a sublease leads to the de-recognition of the right of use asset and the recognition of an 
investment receivable in respect of this sublease. The lease liability remains in respect of the head lease 
as a lease liability on the balance sheet. 

The Group recognised lease liabilities of $1.8 million and $0.6 million in lease assets at 31 December 2020. 
Those rights and obligations are primarily related to operating leases for office and laboratory space. 
No new leases were entered into in 2020. Further information regarding the right of use asset and lease 
liability can be found in Note 19. 

On 28 May 2020, the IASB issued final amendments to IFRS 16 related to Covid-19 rent concessions for 
lessees. The amendments modify the requirements of IFRS 16 to permit lessees to not apply modification 
accounting to certain leases where the contractual terms have been affected due to Covid-19 (e.g. rent 
holidays or other rent concessions). The amendments are effective for periods beginning on or after 1 
June  2020,  with  earlier  application  permitted.  The  Group  did  not  adopt  this  standard  as  no  such 
concessions were applicable. 

Taxation 

Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income 
statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is 
recognised in equity. 

Current Income Tax 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax 
rates enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect 
of previous years. 

Deferred Income Tax 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax 
assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to 
the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. 
Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. 

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when 
they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  if  there  is  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  offset  current  tax 
liabilities and assets, and they relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, 
or on different tax entities where the Group intends to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net 
basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously. 

Deferred taxes are recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognised 
directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. 

Impairment 

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets 

Non-financial  assets  consist  of  property  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets,  including  licences, 
purchased IPR&D, capitalised development cost, with finite lives and such intangible assets which are not 
yet available for use. 

The Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property and equipment and finite-lived intangibles at each 
reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, 
then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Intangible assets which are not yet available for use are 
tested annually for impairment. 

For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash 
inflows  from  continuing  use  that  are  largely  independent  of  the  cash  inflows  of  other  assets  or  cash-
generating units (‘‘CGUs’’). 

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to 
sell. Value in use is based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset or CGU. 

An impairment loss is recognised in profit and loss if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are allocated to reduce the carrying amounts of assets in a CGU 
on a pro rata basis. 

112 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Impairment of Financial Assets 

The company recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets measured at 
amortised cost. 

The  company  measures  loss  allowances  at  an  amount  equal  to  lifetime  ECL,  except  for  other  debt 
securities and bank balances for which credit risk (i.e. the risk of default occurring over the expected life 
of the financial instrument) has not increased significantly since initial recognition, which are measured 
as 12-month ECL. 

Loss allowances for trade receivables and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal to 
lifetime ECL. 

When  determining  whether  the  credit  risk  of  a  financial  asset  has  increased  significantly  since  initial 
recognition and when estimating ECL, the company considers reasonable and supportable information 
that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative 
information and analysis, based on the company’s historical experience and informed credit assessment 
and including forward-looking information.  

Share-based Payments 

Share-based payment arrangements in which the Group or its subsidiaries receive goods or services as 
consideration for their own equity instruments are accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions,  regardless  of  how  the  equity  instruments  are  obtained  by  the  Group  or  its  subsidiaries. 
Grants  of  equity  instruments  under  the  subsidiary  stock  option  incentive  plans  are  accounted  for  as 
equity-settled in the consolidated accounts of the parent and are reflected in equity as a credit to Non-
Controlling Interest. 

The  grant  date  fair  value  of  share-based  payment  awards  granted  to  employees  is  recognised  as  an 
employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the awards. The fair value of the options granted is measured using an option 
pricing  valuation  model,  taking  into  account  the  terms  and  conditions  upon  which  the  options  were 
granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of awards for 
which  the  related  service  and  non-market  vesting  conditions  are  expected  to  be  met,  such  that  the 
amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number of awards that do meet the related 
service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. For share-based payment awards 
with market or non-vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment is measured 
to reflect such conditions and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes. 

Employee Benefits 

Short-term Employee Benefits 

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the 
related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a 
present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of  past  service provided  by  the 
employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably. 

Defined Contribution Plans 

113 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

A  defined  contribution  plan  is  a  post-employment  benefit  plan  under  which  an  entity  pays  fixed 
contributions into a separate entity and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. 
Obligations  for  contributions  to  defined  contribution  plans  are  recognised  as  an  employee  benefit 
expense in the periods during which related services are rendered by employees. Prepaid contributions 
are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. 

Phantom Plan 

The Phantom Plan is a cash settled bonus plan. Expense is accrued when it is determined that it is probable 
that a payment will be made and when the amount can be reasonably estimated. 

Provisions 

A  provision  is  recognised  in  the  balance  sheet  when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or  constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event, that can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of 
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the 
expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects risks specific to the liability. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Group recognises revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods to customers in an amount that 
reflects  the  consideration  to  which  it  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods.  In  order  to 
achieve this, the Group uses the five step model outlined in IFRS 15: 1) to identify the contract with the 
customer; 2) identify the performance obligation(s) in the contract; 3) determine the transaction price; 4) 
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s); and 5) recognise revenue when (or as) we 
satisfy the performance obligation(s). 

IFRS  15  implements  a  uniform  method  of  recognising  revenue  based  on  the  actual  contract  and 
performance obligation. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognised when the Company satisfies a performance 
obligation by transferring a promised good or service to its customer. As such, the amount of revenue 
recognised is the amount allocated to the satisfied performance obligation. A performance obligation may 
be satisfied at a point in time (typically for promises to transfer goods to a customer) or over time (typically 
for promises to transfer services to a customer).  

Determining the timing of the transfer of control – at a point in time or over time – requires judgement. 
Based on Group’s assessment, it was concluded that the majority of the Company’s projects that: 

•  Render a service is performed on a time and materials basis and revenue is recognised as services 
are  provided  based  on  actual  hours  worked  for  a  set  period.  The  performance  obligations 
identified within these projects are distinct and meet the criteria resulting in transfer of control 
over time.  

•  Sell  goods,  revenue  is  recognised  when  the  control  of  the  products  were  transferred  to  the 
customer. The performance obligations identified within these projects are distinct and meet the 
criteria resulting in transfer of control at a point in time.  

Refer to Note 3, "Revenue Recognition," for additional information related to the net revenue recognised 
in the consolidated statements of operations. 

114 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Finance Income and Finance Costs 

Finance income mainly comprises interest income on funds invested and foreign exchange gains. Finance 
costs  mainly  comprise  fair  value  movements  on  preferred  share  liabilities,  loan  interest  expense  and 
foreign exchange losses. Interest income and interest payable are recognised as they accrue in profit or 
loss, using the effective interest method. 

Fair Value Measurements 

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for 
both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. 

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses market observable data as far as 
possible. Fair values are categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used 
in the valuation techniques as follows: 

•  Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

•  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 

either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). 

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable 

inputs). 

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability might be categorised in different levels 
of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorised in its entirety in the same level 
of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement. 

The  Group  recognises  transfers  between  levels  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  at  the  end  of  the  reporting 
period during which the change has occurred. 

The  carrying  amount  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  deposits,  accounts  payable, 
accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Group’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 
approximates their fair value because of the short maturities of these instruments. 

Operating Segments 

Allied  Minds  determines  and  presents  operating  segments  based  on  the  information  that  internally  is 
provided  to  the  executive  management  team,  the  body  which  is  considered  to  be  Allied  Minds’  Chief 
Operating Decision Maker (‘‘CODM’’). 

An operating segment is a component of Allied Minds that engages in business activities from which it 
may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with 
any  of  the  Allied  Minds’  other  components.  The  operating  segment’s  operating  results  are  reviewed 
regularly by the CODM to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment, to assess its 
performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. 

Newly adopted standards 

New standards and interpretations adopted in the current year that did not have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial statements were as follows: 

115 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Effective date  

1 January 2020  

New standards or amendments  

Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework in IFRS 
Standards 

Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3) 

Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) 

Amendments  to  IFRS  9,  IAS  39  and  IFRS  17:  Interest 
Benchmark reform 

(2)  New Standards and Interpretations not yet effective 

There are a number of new standards, amendments to standard, and interpretations which have been 
issued by the IASB that are effective in future periods that the group has decided not to adopt early.  

The following amendments are effective for the period beginning 1 January 2022: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Onerous contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37); 

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (amendments to IAS16; 

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 (Amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16 
and IAS 41); and 

References to Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3). 

In  January  2020,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IAS  1,  which  clarify  the  criteria  used  to  determine 
whether liabilities are classified as current or non-current. These amendments clarify that current or non-
current classification is based in whether an entity  has a right at the end of the reporting  period. The 
amendments  also  clarify  that  ‘settlement’  includes  the  transfer  of  cash,  goods,  services,  or  equity 
instruments  unless  the  obligation  to  transfer  equity  instruments  arises  from  a  conversion  feature 
classified as an equity instrument. The amendments were originally effective for annual reporting period 
beginning on or after 1 January 2022. However, in May 2020, the effective date was deferred to annual 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023. 

Allied Minds Plc is currently assessing the impact of these new accounting standard and amendments. 
The  Group  does  not  believe  that  the  amendments  to  IAS  1  will  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
classification of its liabilities, as the conversion feature in its convertible debt instrument is classified as 
an equity instrument and therefore, does not affect the classification of its convertible debt as non-current 
liability. 

The Group does not expect any other standard issued by the IASB, but not yet effective, to have a material 
impact on the group. 

(3)  Revenue 

Revenue recorded in the statement of comprehensive income/ (loss) consists of the following: 

116 

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

For the year ended 31 December: 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

Product revenue 
Service revenue 
Total revenue in consolidated statement of (loss)/ income 

—     
480    
              480    

61   
2,631   

2,692   

Revenue  is  measured  based  on  the  consideration  specified  in  a  contract  with  a  customer.  The  Group 
recognises  revenue  when  it  transfers  control  over  a  good  or  service  to  a  customer.  The  Group 
disaggregates  contract  revenue  based  on  the  transfer  of  control  of  the  underlying  performance 
obligations: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

Transferred at a point in time 
Transferred over time 
Total revenue in consolidated statement of (loss)/ income 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

― 
  480 
480    

― 
2,692    
2,692    

Product revenue includes license revenue of $nil and $61,000 during 2020 and 2019, respectively.  

Contract Balances  
Contract liabilities represent the  Group’s obligation  to transfer products or services to a customer for 
which consideration has been received. When applicable, contract assets and liabilities are reported on a 
net basis at the contract level, depending on the contracts position at the end of each reporting period. 
Contract  liabilities  are  included  within  deferred  revenue  on  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Financial 
Position. 

As of 31 December: 

Deferred revenue, current 

(4)  Operating Segments  

Basis for Segmentation 

2020 
$'000 
(3,697)    

2019 
$'000 
(3,457) 

For  management  purposes,  the  Group’s  principal  operations  are  currently  organised  in  three  types  of 
activities: 

(i) 

(ii) 

Early  stage  companies  –  subsidiary  businesses  that  are  in  the  early  stage  of  their  lifecycle 
characterised by incubation, research and development activities; 

Later  stage  companies  –  subsidiary  businesses  that  have  substantially  advanced  with  or 
completed  their  research  and  development  activities,  are  closer 
lifecycle  to 
commercialisation, and/or have a potential of realising material return on investment through a 
future liquidity event; 

in  their 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

(iii)  Minority  holdings  companies  –  reflects  the  activity  related  to  portfolio  companies  other  than 
consolidated subsidiary businesses where the Group has made a minority investment and does 
not control or exercise joint control over the financial and operating policies of those entities.  

Minority  holdings:  As  of  year-end  2019,  as  a  result  of  its  investment  activities  in  2018,  Allied  Minds 
captured its minority and deconsolidated portfolio companies within the minority holdings segment. The 
Group did not have any companies that were deconsolidated during the year ending 31 December 2020.  
This operating segment included the following:  

•  Spin Memory, Inc., one of the company’s subsidiaries that was deconsolidated during the second 

half of 2018 as a result of financing events at the company; 

•  Orbital Sidekick, Inc., a company in which Allied Minds holds a significant minority stake.  
•  TouchBistro, Inc. a company in which Allied Minds holds a minority stake.  
•  Federated Wireless, Inc., one of the company’s subsidiaries that was deconsolidated during the 

second half of 2019 as a result of financing events at the company  

The Group’s CODM reviews internal management reports on these segments at least quarterly in order 
to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance. 

Other operations include the management function of the head office at the parent level of Allied Minds. 

Information about Reportable Segments 

The following provides detailed information of the Group’s reportable segments as of and for the years 
ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, respectively: 

Early stage 

Later stage 

2020 
$'000 
  Minority 
Holdings 

Other 
operations 

Consolidated 

Statement of Comprehensive Loss 

Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Other expense 
Finance cost, net  
Share of net loss of associates accounted for 
using the equity method 

Loss for the period 

Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income 
loss 

― 
― 
 (526) 
 (1,420) 
― 
(20) 

― 
(1,966) 
― 

480 
(210) 
 (2,788) 
 (3,292) 
― 
(5,241) 

― 
(11,051) 
― 

(1,966) 

(11,051) 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 

 58  
 (2,024) 

(10,596) 
 (455) 

Total comprehensive loss 

 (1,966) 

(11,051) 

― 
― 
― 
― 
― 
― 

― 
― 
― 

― 

― 
― 

― 

― 
― 
(7,183) 
― 
(31,934) 
 3,475  

 (6,845) 
(42,487) 
(116) 

(42,603) 

480 
(210) 
 (10,497) 
 (4,712) 
(31,934) 
(1,786) 

(6,845) 
(55,504) 
(116) 

(55,620) 

(42,487) 
― 

(53,025) 
 (2,479) 

(42,487) 

(55,504) 

118 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Statement of financial position 

Non-current assets 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities) 

 320  

 502  
 822  
(105) 
(3,756) 
 (3,861) 
 (3,039) 

1,288 

7,105 
8,393 
(1,380) 
(27,707) 
(29,087) 
(20,694) 

― 

― 
― 
― 
― 
― 
― 

42,808 

24,977 
67,785 
(761) 
14,995 
14,234 
82,019 

44,416 

32,584 
77,000 
(2,246) 
(16,468) 
(18,714) 
58,286 

Early stage 

Later stage 

Other 
operations 

Consolidated 

Statement of Comprehensive Loss 

Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Other income 
Finance income/(cost), net  
Share of net loss of associates accounted for 
using the equity method 

Income/(loss) for the period 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive 
income/(loss) 

Total comprehensive income/ (loss) 
attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 
Total comprehensive 
income/(loss) 

Statement of financial position 

Non-current assets 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Net assets/(liabilities) 

― 
― 
(2,475) 
(2,963) 
7,273  
6,687  

― 
8,522 
― 

8,522 

8,906 
(384) 

8,522 

494  

2,173 
2,667  
(265) 
(3,417) 
(3,682) 
(1,015) 

2019 
$'000 
  Minority 
Holdings 

1,466 
(628) 
(11,501) 
(9,115) 

-    
3,546  

― 
(16,232) 
― 

1,226 
(805) 
(3,347) 
(4,068) 
21  
6,653  

― 
(320) 
― 

(320) 

― 
― 
(16,993) 
― 
111,021 
(6,894) 

(28,850) 
58,284 
808 

(16,232) 

59,092 

(658) 
338  

(15,197) 
(1,035) 

58,284 
― 

(320) 

(16,232) 

58,284 

1,302  

9,209 
10,511  
(1,992) 
(20,303) 
(22,295) 
(11,784) 

― 

― 
― 
― 
― 
― 
― 

70,899 

86,472 
157,371 
(1,538) 
9,537 
7,999  
165,370 

2,692 
(1,433) 
(34,316) 
(16,146) 
118,315 
9,992 

(28,850) 
50,254 
808 

51,062 

51,335 
(1,081) 

50,254 

72,695  

97,854 
170,549 
(3,795) 
(14,183) 
(17,978) 
152,571 

Early stage companies comprise those that receive an array of business support resources and services 
from Allied Minds in order to successfully develop early stage technologies. Those currently include Spark 
Insights. In addition, all closed or dissolved subsidiaries were presented in the Early Stage segment up to 
the time at which they were all dissolved.  

Later  stage  companies  comprise  those  that  have  graduated  from  Early  stage  by  way  of  further 
advancements  in  their  development  as  described  above.  Those  currently  include  BridgeComm,  and 
OcuTerra Therapeutics.  

The results of the management function of the head office at the parent level of Allied Minds are reported 
separately as Other operations. As the investment in associate is a parent activity, the share of loss, gain 
on  deconsolidation,  remeasurement  of  the  investments  to  fair  value  and  investment  in  associate  are 
disclosed in the Other operations segment. In December 2020, Allied Minds has decided to dissolve Allied 

119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Minds Federal Innovations, a holding company.  The results of Allied Minds Federal Innovations to the 
date it was closed were also included in the Other operations segment. 

Summarised information related to the Company’s operating revenues by reporting segment for the years 
ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 is as follows: 

Early Stage 

Later Stage 

Minority 

 Total revenue  

2020 

2019 

Service 
revenue 

Software 
revenue 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

480 

- 

480 

Total 

- 

480 

- 

480 

Service 
revenue 

- 

1,225  

1,406  

2,631  

Software 
revenue 

- 

-    

61  

61  

Total 

- 

1,225  

1,467  

2,692  

In  2020,  Cost  of  revenue  and  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  of  Early  stage,  Later  stage, 
Minority  holdings  and  Other  operations  segments  included  depreciation  and  amortisation  expense  of 
$10,100, $460,880, $0, and $179,637, respectively (2019: $115,000, $664,000, $597,000, and $233,000, 
respectively). 

The  proportion  of  net  assets  shown  above  that  is  attributable  to  non-controlling  interest  is  disclosed 
further in notes 11 and 15. 

Geographic Information 

The  Group  revenues  and  net  operating  losses  for  the  years  ended  31  December  2020  and  2019  are 
considered  to  be  entirely  derived  from  its  operations  within  the  United  States  and  accordingly  no 
additional geographical disclosures are provided. 

(5)  Operating Expenses 

The average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) during the year, analysed by 
category, was as follows: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

2020 

2019 

Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 

Total 

28      
46      

74    

41 
71 

112 

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 

Total 

2020 
$'000 

5,873    
2,619    

8,492    

2019 
$'000 

17,960    
8,043    

26,003    

120 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Total operating expenses were as follows: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

Salaries and wages 
Payroll taxes 
Healthcare benefit 
Other payroll cost 
Share-based payments 
Total 

Cost of revenue 
Other SG&A expenses 
Other R&D expenses 
Total operating expenses 

Auditor's remuneration 
Audit of these financial statements 
Audit of the financial statements of subsidiaries 
Audit-related assurance services 

2020 
$'000 

5,903    
158    
1,338    
41    
1,052    
8,492   

210    
4,624    
2,093    
15,419   

2020 
$'000 

419    
—     
96    
515    

2019 
$'000 

23,727 
1,290 
1,942 
509  
(1,465)  
26,003 

1,433 
16,356 
8,103 
51,895 

2019 
$'000 

544 
— 
122 
666 

The Group recorded an impairment charge on property and equipment of $nil million (2019: $0.5 million) 
and on intangible assets of $nil million (2019: $0.1 million). 

See  note  6  for  further  disclosures  related  to  share-based  payments  and  note  22  for  management’s 
remuneration disclosures. 

(6)  Share-Based Payments 

UK Long Term Incentive Plan 

Under the UK Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), awards of Ordinary Shares may be made to employees, 
officers  and  directors,  and  other  individuals  providing  services  to  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries. 
Awards may be granted in the form of share options, share appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted 
share awards, performance share awards, restricted share units, phantom-share awards and other share-
based awards. Vesting is subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions and continued 
services of the participant.  

Awards have been granted under the LTIP based on the following vesting criteria: 

•  awards subject to performance conditions based on the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) 

performance or relative total shareholder return (rTSR) performance over a defined of time; 

121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

•  awards subject to performance conditions based on a basket of shareholder value metrics (“SVM”). 

Performance is assessed on these measures on a scorecard basis over a defined period of time; 

•  awards that vest 100 per cent after a period of time subject to continued service condition only. 

On  10  June  2019,  the  Board  has  determined  to  retire  the  long  term  incentive  plan  (LTIP)  scheme  for 
executive directors, management and other employees. New annual LTIP awards planned for issuance in 
May 2019 subsequent to the release of annual results, were cancelled and no future awards will be made 
to executive directors, management and other employees. Historic awards will remain outstanding and 
eligible  to  vest  in  accordance  with  their  terms.   A  significant  majority  of  the  outstanding  awards  are 
subject to relative total shareholder return (TSR) performance; however, at the current share price, the 
performance criteria of these awards will not be met and therefore, no shares are expected to be issued 
under such awards. 

The Company issued shares in respect of historic awards under the LTIP during 2020 and 2019 in respect 
of a total of 387,000 and 343,383 Ordinary Shares, respectively. A summary of stock option activity under 
the UK LTIP for the year ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, respectively, is shown below: 

For the year ended 31 
December: 

Number of shares granted 
at maximum (‘000) 
Weighted average fair value ($) 
Fair value measurement basis 

rTSR 

—     
—     
Monte 
Carlo 

2020 
SVM 

—     
—     
  Market 
value of 
ordinary 
share 

Time 

rTSR 

  —     
  —     
  Monte 
Carlo 

387 
0.36 
Market 
value of 
ordinary 
share 

2019 

SVM 

—     
—     
Market 
value of 
ordinary 
share 

Time 

343 
0.63 
Market 
value of 
ordinary 
share 

The  share  grants  that  vest  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  market  condition  (i.e.  the  TSR  performance)  and 
service condition were adjusted to current market price at the date of the grant to reflect the effect of 
the  market  condition  on  the  non-vested  shares’  value.  The  Company  used  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation 
analysis utilising a Geometric Brownian Motion process with 50,000 simulations to value those shares. 
The model takes into account share price volatilities, risk-free rate and other covariance of comparable 
UK public companies and other market data to predict distribution of relative share performance. This is 
applied to the reward criteria to arrive at expected value of the TSR awards. 

The share grants that vest only upon the occurrence of a non-market performance condition (i.e. the SVM 
grants) and service condition or upon passage of time were valued at the fair value of the shares on the 
date of the grants the vesting conditions are taken into account. The number of instruments included in 
the measurement of the transaction amount is subsequently adjusted so that, ultimately, the amount of 
recognised share-based expense is based on the number of instruments that eventually vest. None of the 
outstanding awards under the LTIP as of 31 December 2020 are subject to SVM vesting.  

The accounting charge does not necessarily represent the intended value of share-based payments made 
to recipients, which are determined by the Remuneration Committee according to established criteria. 
The share-based payment charge for the fiscal year ended 31 December 2020 related to the UK LTIP was 
$0.9 million (2019: $1.9 million). 

122 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

U.S. Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan 

The U.S. Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “U.S. Stock Plan”) was originally adopted by Allied Minds, 
Inc. (now Allied Minds, LLC) in 2008. The U.S. Stock Plan provides for the grant of share option awards, 
restricted  share  awards,  and  other  awards  to  acquire  common  stock  of  Allied  Minds,  Inc.  (now  Allied 
Minds, LLC). All stock options granted to employees under this plan are equity settled, for a ten-year term. 
Pursuant to the Company’s IPO in 2014, Allied Minds plc adopted and assumed the rights and obligations 
of Allied Minds, Inc. (now Allied Minds, LLC) under this plan except that the obligation to issue Common 
Stock is replaced with an obligation to issue ordinary shares to satisfy awards granted under the U.S. Stock 
Plan.  As  of  19  June  2014,  the  maximum  number  of  options  reserved  under  the  plan  were  issued  and 
outstanding and as a result of the Company’s IPO in 2014, all issued and outstanding options vested on 
19 June 2014. The Company does not intend to make any further grants under the U.S. Stock Plan. 

No new stock option grants were awarded in 2020 and 2019 under the Allied Minds 2008 Plan. A summary 
of stock option activity in the U.S. Stock Plan is presented in the following table: 

For the twelve months ended: 

31 December 2020 

Number of 
 options 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

230,000    
—     
(230,000)    
—     
—     

$ nil 

$ 2.49 

—     

$ 2.49 

—       
—       

Outstanding as of 1 January 
Exercised during the period 
Forfeited during the period 

Outstanding as of period end 
Exercisable at period end 
Intrinsic value of exercisable 

31 December 2019 
Number of 
 options 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

1,300,000    
—     
(1,070,000)   
230,000    
230,000    
$ nil 

$ 2.15 
$ 0.00 
$ 1.80 
$ 2.49 
$ 2.49 

As of 31 December 2020 no options were exercised (2019: nil) resulting in $nil (2019: $ nil) additional 
share premium for the period. 

Allied Minds Phantom Plan 

In  2007,  Allied  Minds  established  a  cash  settled  plan  for  Allied  Minds  employees,  also  known  as  its 
Phantom Plan. In 2012, the Board of Directors adopted the Amended and Restated 2007 Phantom Plan. 
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Plan, upon a liquidity event Allied Minds will allocate 10% 
of the value (after deduction of the amount invested by Allied Minds and accrued interest at a rate not 
exceeding 5% per annum) of the invested capital owned by Allied Minds of each operating company to 
the plan account. Upon a liquidity event, plan participants holding units will receive their proportionate 
share of the plan account. The allocated shares at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of Allied 
Minds and holders of units have no rights or interests in Allied Minds.  

Allied Minds has not accrued any expense relating to the Phantom Plan as of 31 December 2020 and 2019. 
Management records an expense relating to this plan when it is probable that a subsidiary will be sold 
and the amount of the payout is reasonably estimable or will be paid out in accordance with the plan. 

123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Given the current valuation of the investments and the thresholds required for payments to be made, 
management have judged that is unlikely there will be any future payouts in respect of this plan based on 
the position as at 31 December 2020. 

Share-based Payment Expense 

The  Group  recorded  share-based  payment charge/ credit  related  to  stock  options  of  approximately 
$1,052,000 and $1,465,000 for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, respectively. There was no 
income tax benefit recognised for share- based payment arrangements for the years ended 31 December 
2020 and 2019, respectively, due to operating losses.  

The following table provides the classification of the Group’s consolidated share-based payment expense/ 
income as reflected in the Consolidated Statement of (Loss) / Income:  

For the year ended 31 December: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 

Total 

(7)  Finance Cost, Net 

2020 
$'000 

991 
61 

1,052 

2019 
$'000 

(1,597) 
132  

(1,465) 

The following table shows the breakdown of finance income and cost: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

Interest income on:   
 – Bank deposits   
Foreign exchange gain 
  Finance income 
Interest expense on: 
 – Financial liabilities at amortised 
cost 
Foreign exchange loss   

 Finance cost contractual   
(Loss)/ income on fair value 
measurement of subsidiary 
preferred shares  
  Finance (cost)/ income 
Total finance (cost)/ income, net 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

292    
(1)   
291    

(313)   
(1)   
(314)   

(1,763)   
(2,077)   
(1,786)   

1,007 
1 
1,008 

(267) 
— 
(267) 

9,251 
8,984 
9,992 

See note 16 for further disclosure related to subsidiary preferred shares. 

(8)  (Loss)/ income Per Share 

The  calculation of basic and diluted income  per share as of 31  December 2020 was based on  the loss 
attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  of  $53.0  million  (2019:  income  of  $51.3  million)  and  a  weighted 
average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  of  241,901,871  (2019:  240,981,168),  calculated  as 
follows: 

124 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

(Loss)/ Income attributable to ordinary shareholders 

(Loss)/ income for the year 
attributed to the 
owners of the Company 
(Loss)/ income for the year 
attributed to the 
ordinary shareholders 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

Basic 

Diluted 

Basic 

Diluted 

(53,025)   

(53,025)   

51,335    

51,335    

(53,025)   

(53,025)   

51,335    

51,335    

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 

2020 

2019 

Basic 

Diluted 

Basic 

Diluted 

Issued ordinary shares on 1 January 

 241,563,123  

 241,563,123  

240,314,745 

240,314,745 

Effect of RSUs issued 

Effect of dilutive shares 

338,748 

― 

338,748 

666,423 

― 

― 

666,423 

― 

Weighted average ordinary shares 

241,901,871 

241,901,871 

240,981,168 

240,981,168 

 (Loss)/ Income per share 

(Loss)/ income per share 

(9)  Property and Equipment 

2020 
$ 

2019 
$ 

Basic 

(0.22) 

Diluted 

(0.22) 

Basic 

0.21 

   Diluted 

0.21 

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following at: 

Cost 

in $'000 
Balance as of 31 December 
2018 

Additions, net of 
transfers 

Disposals 
Deconsolidation of 
subsidiaries 

Balance as of 31 December 
2019 

Additions 

Transfers 

Balance as of 31 December 
2020 

Machinery and 
Equipment 

Furniture 
and 
Fixtures 

Leasehold 
Improvements 

Computers 
and 
Electronics 

Under 
Construction 

Total 

3,082 

26 

(272) 

(1,965) 

871 

— 

— 

871 

911 

185 

(166) 

(575) 

355 

353 

— 

708 

1,639 

3,341 

— 

(4,772) 

208 

147 

454 

809 

8,804 

3,603 

(2,126) 

(7,727) 

2,554 

564 

0 

3,118 

2,463 

(71) 

(1,233) 

(110) 

1,049 

64    

(454)   

659   

709 

122 

(455) 

(305) 

71 

— 

— 

71 

125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Accumulated 
Depreciation 

and Impairment loss 

in $'000 
Balance as of 31 December 
2018 

Depreciation 

Impairment loss 

Disposals 
Deconsolidation of 
subsidiaries  

Balance as of 31 December 
2019 

Depreciation 

Impairment loss 

Disposals 

Balance as of 31 December 
2020 

Property and equipment, 
net 

in 
$'000 
Balance as of 31 December 
2019 
Balance as of 31 December 
2020 

Machinery and 
Equipment 

Furniture 
and 
Fixtures 

Leasehold 
Improvements 

Computers 
and 
Electronics 

Under 
Construction 

Total 

(1,009) 

(280) 

(305) 

1,233 

61 

(300) 

(175) 

― 

― 

(475) 

(381) 

(101) 

(101) 

455 

125 

(3) 

(14)   

― 

― 

(17) 

(841) 

(535) 

— 

272 

611 

(493) 

(143) 

― 

― 

(636) 

(576) 

(141) 

(15) 

166 

293 

(273) 

(121) 

― 

― 

(394) 

― 

— 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

― 

— 

(2,807) 

(1,057) 

(421) 

2,126 

1,090 

(1,069) 

(453) 

― 

― 

(1,522) 

Machinery and 
Equipment 

749 
184 

Furniture 
and 
Fixtures 

68 
54 

Leasehold 
Improvements 

378 
235 

Computers 
and 
Electronics 

82 
314 

Under 
Construction 

208 
809 

Total 

1,485 
1,596 

Impairment of property and equipment of $nil and $421,000 for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 
2019,  respectively,  is  mainly  attributed  to  the  closing  of  subsidiary  companies,  which  resulted  in  the 
associated assets being impaired. Impairment of property and equipment is included in selling, general 
and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Property and equipment under constructions represents assets that are in the process of being built and 
not placed in service as of the reporting date.  

(10) 

Intangible Assets 

Information regarding the cost and accumulated amortisation of intangible assets is as follows: 

Cost 
in $'000 

Balance as of 31 December 2018 
  Additions - Acquired separately 
  Disposals 
  Deconsolidation of subsidiaries 
Balance as of 31 December 2019 
  Additions - Acquired separately 
  Disposals 
Balance as of 31 December 2020 

Licenses 

Purchased 
IPR&D 

Software 

Total 

163 
29 
(142) 
(50) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

277 
192 
(384) 
(85) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

1,690 
4 
(66) 
(702) 
926 
— 
            — 
926 

2,130 
225 
(592) 
(837) 
926 
— 
— 
926 

126 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Accumulated amortisation 
and Impairment loss 
in $'000 

Balance as of 31 December 2018 
  Amortisation 

Impairment loss 

  Disposals 
  Deconsolidation of subsidiaries 
Balance as of 31 December 2019 
  Amortisation 

Impairment loss 

  Disposals 
Balance as of 31 December 2020 

Intangible assets, net 
in $'000 

Balance as of 31 December 2019 
Balance as of 31 December 2020 

Licenses 

(64) 
(4) 
(58) 
111 
15 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Purchased 
IPR&D 
— 
— 
(192) 
192 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Software 

(845) 
(546) 
— 
66 
596 
(729) 
(197) 
— 
— 
(926) 

Total 

(909) 
(550) 
(250) 
369 
611 
(729) 
(197) 
— 
— 
(926) 

Licenses 

Purchased 
IPR&D 

— 
— 

— 
— 

Software 

Total 

197 
— 

197 
— 

Amortisation  expense  is  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statement of comprehensive loss. Amortisation expense, recorded using the straight-line method, was 
approximately $197,000 and $551,000 for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Impairment of intangible assets of $nil and $250,000 for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, 
respectively, is mainly attributed to the closing of subsidiary companies, which resulted in the associated 
intangible  assets  being  impaired  to  zero.  Impairment  expense  is  included  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

At  each  reporting  period,  management  considers  qualitative  and  quantitative  factors  that  define  the 
future  prospects  of  the  respective  investment  and  assesses  whether  it  supports  the  value  of  the 
underlying intangible. 

(11) 

Investments  

Group Subsidiaries, associates and investments 

As of 31 December 2020, Allied Minds has seven portfolio companies, including subsidiaries, associates 
and  investments.  As  at  the  31  December  2020  the  investments  in  each  of  the  companies  and  the 
accounting treatment is summarized below: 

Portfolio company 

Financial instruments held 

Allied Minds LLC 

Ordinary shares 

Accounting treatment of financial 
instruments 
Consolidated by the group in line 
with IFRS 10 and following 
management assessment of 
significant control. 

127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Allied Minds Securities Corp.  Ordinary shares 

BridgeComm, Inc. 

Ordinary share capital and 
preferred shares 

Spark Insights, Inc. 

Ordinary share capital and 
preferred shares 

OcuTerra Therapeutics, Inc. 

Ordinary share capital and 
preferred shares 

Federated Wireless, Inc. 

Ordinary share capital and 
preferred shares 

Spin Memory, Inc. 

Ordinary share capital and 
preferred shares 

128 

Consolidated by the group in line 
with IFRS 10 and following 
management assessment of 
significant control. 
Consolidated by the group in line 
with IFRS 10 and following 
management assessment of 
significant control. 
Preferred shares are eliminated on 
consolidation between group 
companies, preferred shares held by 
third parties are fair valued through 
profit and loss under IFRS 9. 
Consolidated by the group in line 
with IFRS 10 and following 
management assessment of 
significant control. 
Preferred shares are eliminated on 
consolidation between group 
companies. 
Consolidated by the group in line 
with IFRS 10 and following 
management assessment of 
significant control. 
Preferred shares are eliminated on 
consolidation between group 
companies. 
The ordinary share capital ownership 
means that the group has significant 
influence but not control over the 
entity. Therefore, the investment in 
ordinary shares is accounted for by 
the equity method of accounting 
under IAS 28. 
Preferred share holdings are 
accounted for at fair value through 
profit and loss as investments held 
by the group. 
The ordinary share capital ownership 
means that the group has significant 
influence but not control over the 
entity. Therefore, the investment in 
ordinary shares is accounted for by 
the equity method of accounting 
under IAS 28. 
Preferred share holdings are 
accounted for at fair value through 
profit and loss as investments held 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Orbital sidekick, Inc. 

Preferred shares 

TouchBistro, Inc. 

Ordinary shares 

by the group. 
No ordinary shares are owned by 
Allied Minds and the directors have 
judged that the group does not have 
significant influence over the entity 
through is preferred share holding. 
Preferred share holdings are 
accounted for at fair value through 
profit and loss as investments held 
by the group. 
The group has a minority stake in the 
investment and does not have 
significant influence over the 
company. Therefore, the investment 
in ordinary shares is accounted for at 
fair value through the profit and loss 
under IFRS 9. 

The following outlines the formation of each subsidiary and evolution of Allied Minds’ ownership interest 
over the two year period ended 31 December 2019: 

Inception 
Date 

Location (4) 

Issued and Outstanding 
Ownership percentage 
at 31 December (1) (2) 
2019 
2020 

Active subsidiaries 
Holding companies 
  Allied Minds, LLC  
  Allied Minds Securities Corp.  
Early stage companies 
  Spark Insights, Inc.  
Later stage companies 
  BridgeComm, Inc. 
  OcuTerra Therapeutics, Inc. (SciFluor Life Sciences) 
Closed subsidiaries 
  Allied Minds Federal Innovations, Inc. 

  Number of active subsidiaries at 31 December: 

Associates  
  Spin Memory, Inc.(3) 
  Federated Wireless, Inc. (3) 
  Federated Wireless Government Solutions, Inc. (3) 

19/06/14 
21/12/15 

09/10/18 

09/02/15 
14/12/10 

09/03/12 

03/12/07 
08/08/12 
04/05/16 

Boston, MA 
Boston, MA 

 100.00% 
 100.00% 

100.00% 
100.00% 

Boston, MA 

  70.59% 

70.59% 

Denver, CO 
Cambridge, MA 

  81.15% 
  62.67% 

81.38% 
62.67% 

Boston, MA 

― 
5 

100.00% 
6 

Fremont, CA 
Arlington, VA 
Arlington, VA 

  43.01% 
  43.11% 
  43.11% 

42.69% 
42.57% 
42.57% 

  Other investments 
  TouchBistro, Inc (TableUp, Inc.) (3) 
  Orbital Sidekick, Inc. (3) 

04/20/07 
02/08/16 

Boston, MA 
San Francisco, CA 

  1.52% 
  33.23% 

35.52% 
33.23% 

129 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Notes: 

(1)  Represents ownership percentage held by Allied Minds Plc based on the equity interest owned in ordinary shares plus 
potential equity interest owned in convertible preference shares. The current percentage ownership of each company 
ordinary share capital is as follows: Allied Minds LLC 100%, Allied Minds Securities Corp. 100%, Spark Insights 0.07%, 
BridgeComm, Inc. 98.47%, OcuTerra Therapeutics, Inc. 75.26%, Spin Memory 56.31%, Federated Wireless 93.60%, 
TouchBistro 1.52%, Orbital Sidekick 0%. 

(2)  Allied Minds LLC, Spark Insights, Inc., BridgeComm, Inc., OcuTerra Therapeutics, Inc., Federated Wireless, Inc. and 
Federated Wireless Government Solutions, Inc. have a registered office address at CT Corporation System, 
Corporation Trust Center, and 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, United States. Allied Minds Securities Corp. 
has a registered office address at CT Corporation System, 155 Federal Street, Suite 700, Boston, MA 02110, United 
States. Spin Memory Inc. and TableUp Inc. have a registered office address at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 
19801. Orbital Sidekick Inc. has a registered office at Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 
DE 19808.  

(3)  The preferred shares that allied Minds has in these companies is accounted for under IFRS 9. 

On 24 December 2020, Orbital Sidekick, Inc., has conditionally secured $16.0 million in a Series A Preferred 
financing round led by Temasek, an investment company headquartered in Singapore. Round participants 
also include other new investors and existing investors Allied Minds, committing $2.5 million (including 
conversion of its SAFE), and 11.2 Capital. The financing round is scheduled to close in the first quarter of 
2021. 

On  16  July  2020,  Allied  Minds  and  11.2  Capital  collectively  invested  $2.0  million  in  the  form  of  SAFEs 
(simple agreements for equity), which will convert into shares of preferred stock in the company’s next 
equity financing round expected in Q2 of 2021 as noted above.  The receivables are included in current 
assets  in  the  group  accounts  and  are  held  at  fair  value  through  profit  and  loss  at  31  December  2020. 
Orbital  Sidekick  was  awarded  a  multi-year  contract  by  the  Department  of  the  Air  Force’s  commercial 
investment group (AFVentures) as part of its Strategic Financing (STRATFI) programme, under which the 
company received $4.0 million of non-dilutive financing in Q4 2020, with the opportunity to receive up to 
$12.0 million of additional non-dilutive financing over next three years to match private funds raised. 

On 5 August 2020, TableUp, one of Allied Minds’ portfolio companies, has been acquired by TouchBistro, 
Inc. (“TouchBistro”). The acquisition was structured as a stock-for-stock transaction in which TouchBistro 
acquired 100% of the shares of TableUp in exchange for the issuance of TouchBistro common shares to 
the shareholders of TableUp. A total of 2,542,662 common shares of TouchBistro was paid to Allied Minds 
valued at $5.99 million at the time of the transaction. 

On 26 August 2020, as a result of achieving certain development milestones under the JDA with Boeing, 
BridgeComm secured the remaining $1.5 million of convertible debt from Boeing. 

On 4 February 2020, BridgeComm issued $2,000,000 in convertible notes to Allied Minds, following the 
issuance of $1,000,000 in convertible notes to Boeing HorizonX Ventures in December 2019. 

On 17 July 2020, Spin Memory, the leading MRAM developer, secured $8.25 million in additional Series B 
funding on the same terms as the last closing in April 2019. Allied Minds committed $4.0 million to the 
round. The Group invested alongside existing investors, Arm, Applied Ventures and Abies Ventures, who 
collectively committed the remaining $4.25 million. Following this investment, Allied Minds' ownership of 
Spin's issued share capital is 43.01%. 

On 20 April 2020, Federated Wireless raised an additional $13.7 million from existing shareholders in a 

130 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

second closing of the preferred financing round from September 2019, half of which was contributed by 
Allied  Minds. Following this investment, Allied  Minds' ownership  of Federated's issued share capital  is 
43.11% compared to 52.17% at 31 December 2019. This transaction increases the company’s investment 
at fair value in Federated Wireless from $22.4 million, as reported at 31 December 2019, to $29.2 million 
at 30 June 2020.  

On  10  January  2020,  OcuTerra  Therapeutics  raised  an  additional  $375K  in  the  second  closing  of  its 
convertible note financing.  

On 29 December 2020, the Group ceased operations and dissolved Allied Minds Federal Innovations, Inc. 

The following tables summarise the financial information related to the Group’s subsidiaries with material 
non-controlling interests, aggregated for interests in similar entities, and before intra-group eliminations. 

As of and for the year ended 31 December: 

Statement of Comprehensive Loss 

  Revenue 

Loss for the year 

  Other comprehensive loss 

  Total comprehensive loss 
  Comprehensive loss attributed to NCI 

Statement of Financial Position 

  Non-current assets 
  Current assets 

  Total assets 
  Non-current liabilities 
  Current liabilities 

  Total liabilities 
  Net liabilities 
  Carrying amount of NCI 

Statement of Cash Flows 

  Cash flows from operating activities 
  Cash flows from investing activities 
  Cash flows from financing activities 

Early stage 

2020 
$'000 
Later stage 

Minority 
holdings 

-      

             (1,966) 

480 
(11,051) 

-      

-      

             (1,966) 

(2,024) 

 320  
 502  
822 
 (105) 
 (3,756) 
 (3,861) 
 (3,039) 

 (1,953) 
 (20) 
 184  
(1,789) 

(11,051) 

(455) 

 1,288  
 7,105  
8,393 
 (1,380) 
 (27,707) 
 (29,087) 
 (20,694) 

 (6,621) 
 (538) 
 4,707  
(2,452) 

-    
-    
-    
-    

-    

-    

-    
-    
-    

-    
-    
-    
-    

131 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Statement of Comprehensive Loss 

  Revenue 

Loss for the year 

  Other comprehensive loss 

  Total comprehensive loss 
  Comprehensive loss attributed to NCI 

Statement of Financial Position 

  Non-current assets 
  Current assets 

  Total assets 
  Non-current liabilities 
  Current liabilities 

  Total liabilities 
  Net assets/(liabilities) 
  Carrying amount of NCI 

Statement of Cash Flows 

  Cash flows from operating activities 
  Cash flows from investing activities 
  Cash flows from financing activities 

Early stage 

2019 
$'000 
Later stage 

-      

8,522 

-      

8,522 

(384) 

1,226 
(320) 

-      

(320) 

338 

 494  
 2,173  
 2,667  
 (265) 
 (3,417) 
 (3,682) 
 (1,015) 

(1,418) 

 27,511  
 16,244  
 (61,347) 
(17,592) 

 1,302  
9,209 
 10,511  
 (1,992) 
 (20,303) 
 (22,295) 
 (11,784) 

1,533  

 (3,199) 
 (133) 
 915  
(2,417) 

Minority 
holdings 

1,466 
(16,232) 

-    

(16,232) 
(1,035) 

 -    
 -    
 -    
 -    
 -    
 -    
 -    

 -    

 11,064  
 (3,315) 
 4,701  
12,450 

Investment in Associates 

The Group has two associates that are material to the Group, both of which are equity accounted.  

Nature of relationship 
with the Group 
Principal place of business 
Ownership interest 

Spin Memory 
Portfolio company of the Group 

Federated Wireless 
Portfolio company of the Group 

Fremont, CA 
43.01% (2019: 42.69 %) 

Arlington, VA 
43.11% (2019: 42.57 %) 

Spin  Memory:  As  of  November  2018,  Spin  Memory  was  deconsolidated  from  the  Group’s  financial 
statements as a result of its Series B Preferred Stock financing round as the voting rights associated with 
this stock meant that Allied Minds would no longer control the business but would maintain significant 
influence over the operations. As of 31 December 2019, Allied Minds’ ownership percentage went from 
41.63% to 42.69% and the investment in common stock in Spin Memory continues to be subject to the 
equity method accounting. In accordance with IAS 28, the Company’s investment was adjusted by the 
share of profits and losses generated by Spin Memory subsequent to the date of deconsolidation. In 2019, 
Allied Minds recognised $19.5 million as its share of loss from Spin through the Consolidated Statements 
of Comprehensive Income/ (Loss) that reduced Allied Minds’ investment in Spin Memory down to zero. 

As of 31 December 2020, Allied Minds’ ownership percentage went from 42.69% to 43.01% as a result of 
the entity’s latest financing round in July 2020. In accordance with IAS 28, once the share of losses of an 

132 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

associate equals or exceeds its "interest in the associate", the investor discontinues recognising its share 
of further losses. Once Allied Minds’ interest in Spin Memory was reduced to zero no further adjustments 
were made to the investment balance at 31 December 2020. If Spin Memory subsequently reports profits, 
Allied Minds will resume recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the profits equals the 
share of losses not recognised. 

Spin Memory, Inc. 

Group’s interest in net assets of investee, beginning of period 
Share of loss from continuing operations 
Carrying amount for equity accounted investees 
Unrecognised share of losses in associate 
Total outstanding 

  Ownership percentage 

31 December 
2020 

31 December 
2019 

43.01% 

42.69% 

Location 

Fremont, 
CA 

31 December 
2020 
$'000 

31 December 
2019 
$'000 

― 
― 
― 
(37,393) 
(37,393) 

19,543 
(19,543) 
― 
(406.5) 
(406.5) 

Federated  Wireless:  As  of  September  2019,  Federated  Wireless  was  deconsolidated  from  the  Group’s 
financial statements as a result of its latest Series C Preferred Stock financing round as the voting rights 
associated  with  this  stock  meant  that  Allied  Minds  would  no  longer  control  the  business  but  would 
maintain significant influence over the operations. Allied Minds’ ownership percentage as of 31 December 
2019  dropped  from  52.23%  to  42.57%.  Upon  the  date  of  deconsolidation,  Allied  Minds  recognised  an 
investment in Federated Wireless related to its common shares of $16.2 million.  At 31 December 2019, 
Allied Minds’ investment was adjusted by the share of losses generated by Federated Wireless from 3 
September through 31 December 2019 of $9.3 million. As a result of the deconsolidation, Allied Minds 
recorded an unrealised gain of $69.8 million in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/ 
(Loss). 

In accordance with IAS 28, the Company’s investment was adjusted  by the share of profits and losses 
generated  by  Federated  Wireless  subsequent  to  the  date  of  deconsolidation.  In  2019,  Allied  Minds 
recognised $9.3 million as its share of loss from Federated Wireless through the Consolidated Statements 
of Comprehensive Income/ (Loss).  

As  of  31  December  2020,  Allied  Minds’  ownership  percentage  went  from  42.57%  to  43.11%  and  the 
investment in Federated Wireless continues to be subject to the equity method accounting. In accordance 
with  IAS  28,  the  Company’s  investment  was  adjusted  by  the  share  of  profits  and  losses  generated  by 
Federated Wireless subsequent to the date of deconsolidation. As a result, Allied Minds recorded a share 
of loss of $6.8 million in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/ (Loss) that reduced the 
investment in Federated to a zero balance as follows:  

133 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

  Ownership percentage 

Location 

31 December 2020 

31 December 2019 

Federated Wireless, Inc. 

Arlington, 
VA 

43.11% 

42.57% 

Group’s interest in net assets of investee, beginning of 
period 
Addition in the year 
Share of loss from continuing operations 
Carrying amount for equity accounted investees 
Unrecognised share of losses in associate 
Total outstanding 

31 December 2020 

31 December 2019 

$'000 

$'000 

6,845 
― 
(6,845) 
― 
(19,432) 
(19,432) 

― 
16,151 
(9,306) 
6,845 
― 
― 

The following is summarised financial information for Spin Memory and Federated Wireless, based on 
their perspective consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS: 

Spin Memory 
$'000 

Federated Wireless 
$'000 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

1,181 

(65,684) 

12,918 

1,850 

14,768 

(1,871) 

(19,151) 
(6,254) 

2,080 

(35,429) 

14,694 

5,315 

20,009 

(209) 

(96,206) 
(76,406) 

2,882 

(28,073) 

17,948 

30,597 

48,545 

(5,804) 

(133,917) 
(91,176) 

2,322 

(28,816) 

19,874 

44,319 

64,193 

(4,315) 

(125,039) 
(65,161) 

Revenue 

        Loss for the period 

Total non-current assets 

Total current assets 

        Total assets 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 
         Net assets 

Investments at fair value 

The Group’s investments at fair value represent securities of portfolio companies where Allied Minds 
holds preferred shares or a minority stake in those companies. This includes preferred shares held in 
Federated Wireless, Spin Memory and Orbital Sidekick and a minority holding in TouchBistro as at 31 
December 20. These investments are initially measured at fair value through profit or loss and are 
subsequently re-measured at fair value at each reporting date and on derecognition. 

The fair value of these investments is derived using the option pricing model (“OPM”), the Probability-
Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) or a hybrid of the two.  

134 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The key inputs into these valuation models include the equity value of the portfolio company, the term of 
the instrument, risk free rate and volatility.  

The valuation methodologies utilised for determining the equity value include market approach, income 
approach or cost approach or hybrid of these approaches. Other methodologies such as asset based and 
cash in are also utilised where deemed appropriate. It is noted that in the current year none of the equity 
values were determined using the income approach. 

Other valuation approaches 

In certain cases, the value of a portfolio company is determined using a market instead of income- based 
approach.  

Where there has been a third party funding round in the year this has been used as the implied value of 
the portfolio company or comparable guideline public companies or comparable transactions, adjusted 
for indexation where this is deemed to be appropriate. 

Whilst the Board considers the methodologies and assumptions adopted in the valuation are supportable, 
reasonable  and  robust,  because  of  the  inherent  uncertainty  of  valuation,  those  estimated  values  may 
differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the investment 
existed and the differences could be significant. 

PWERM and OPM 

The principal methods the Group applies for allocation of value are the PWERM, the OPM as well as a 
hybrid of the two. These models take assumptions such as the equity values, term of the instruments, risk 
free rate and volatility to determine the fair value of each share class.  

The  PWERM  estimates  the  value  of  equity  securities  based  on  an  analysis  of  various  discrete  future 
outcomes, such as an IPO, merger or sale, dissolution, or continued operation as a private enterprise until 
a later exit date. The equity value today is based on the probability-weighted present values of expected 
future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to the enterprise, as well 
as the rights of each security class. The key judgement relates to probability weighting of the scenarios.  

The OPM treats common stock or derivatives thereof as call options on the enterprise’s value or overall 
equity value. The value of a security is based on the optionality over and above the value securities that 
are senior in the capital structure (e.g. preferred stock), considering the dilutive effects of subordinate 
securities. In the OPM, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the overall equity value rather 
than per-share value. 

135 

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Those investments are presented in the below table: 

31 December 2020 
$'000 
28,532 
4,821 
5,464 
― 

Disposals 
$'000 
― 
― 
― 
(5,016) 

Finance 
(income)/cost from 
IFRS 9 fair value 
accounting 
$'000 
(677) 
(29,151) 
1,438 
(508) 

2,771 

― 

(3,213) 

Additions 
$'000 
6,855 
4,000 
― 
― 

5,984 

31 December 2019 
$'000 
22,354 
29,972 
4,026 
5,524 

― 

41,588 

(5,016) 

(32,111) 

16,839 

61,876 

Federated Wireless, Inc. 
Spin Memory, Inc. 
Orbital Sidekick, Inc. 
TableUp, Inc. 
TouchBistro, Inc. (TableUp, 
Inc.)- Common Stock 
Total investments at fair 
value 

The company’s investment at fair value in Federated Wireless has changed from $22.4 million, as reported 
at 31 December 2019, to $28.5 million at 31 December 2020. The increase in fair value primarily relates 
to the additional investment made by Allied Minds in Federate Wireless during the period. 

The company’s investment at fair value in Spin Memory has changed from $29.9 million, as reported at 
31  December  2019,  to  $4.8  million  at  31  December  2020.  The  change  was  primarily  due  to  COVID-19 
related delays in the required testing of its development chip with a strategic partner that affected Spin's 
ability to secure new customers.  As a result, this, coupled with an unexpected loss of a government bid 
in late Q4 2020, Spin is now facing significant liquidity issues.  

On 6 April 2018, Allied Minds made an investment in Orbital Sidekick, a company developing capabilities 
in aerial and space-based hyperspectral imaging and analytics, initially for the oil and gas industry. Allied 
Minds has significant influence over financial and operating policies of the investee by virtue of its large, 
albeit  minority,  stake  in  the  company  and  its  representation  on  the  entity’s  board  of  directors.  Allied 
Minds only held shares of preferred stock in Orbital Sidekick. The preferred shares held by Allied Minds 
are not equity-like and therefore these fall under the guidance of IFRS 9 and will be treated as a financial 
asset held at fair value where all movements to the value of Allied Minds’ share in the preferred stock will 
be  recorded  through  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income/(Loss).  On  24  December 
2020, Orbital Sidekick, Inc., has conditionally secured $16.0 million in a Series A Preferred financing round. 
Following  this  investment,  Allied  Minds'  ownership  of  Orbital  Sidekick's  issued  share  capital  is  26.52% 
compared  to  33.23%  at  31  December  2020.  As  of    31  December  2020,  Allied  Minds  recognised  an 
investment  held  at  fair  value  related  to  its  Preferred  Shares  in  Orbital  Sidekick  of  $5.5  million  (31 
December 2019: $4.0 million). 

On 6 April 2018, Allied Minds made an investment in TableUp, a software provider enabling end-to-end 
transparency  through  the  restaurant  supply  chain  to  enable  more  effective  inventory  and  operations 
management.  On  5  August  2020,  TableUp  was  acquired  by  TouchBistro,  Inc.  (“TouchBistro”).  The 
acquisition  was  structured  as  a  stock-for-stock  transaction  in  which  TouchBistro  acquired  100%  of  the 
shares of TableUp in exchange for the issuance of TouchBistro common shares to the shareholders of 
TableUp. As such, Allied Minds’s investment in preferred stock, along with the convertible note, was fully 
converted into common shares in TouchBistro. A total of 2,542,662 common shares of TouchBistro was 
paid to Allied Minds valued at $5.99 million at the time of the transaction. As a result of the acquisition, 

136 

 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Allied  Minds’  ownership  percentage  was  1.52%  at  31  December  2020.  Allied  Minds  does  not  have 
significant influence over the investee as it does not hold 20% or more of the voting power of the investee 
as well as it does not have any board representation. As such, the investment does not meet the definition 
of an associate under IAS 28 Equity Accounting (“IAS 28”) and therefore, the common shares are classified 
as an investment at fair value, under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”). At 31 December 2020, the 
fair value of Allied Minds’ investment in TouchBistro was subsequently measured at $2.8 million. 

Allocation Model Inputs  

Allied Minds holds shares of preferred stock in Spin Memory, Federated Wireless and Orbital sidekick and 
has significant influence over financial and operating policies of the investee by virtue of its stake in the 
companies and representation on the entity’s board of directors. Allied Minds hold a minority interest in 
the ordinary share capital of TouchBistro, where significant influence is not held. The preferred shares 
and investment note above  fall under the guidance of IFRS 9 and will be treated as a financial asset held 
at fair value and all movements to the value of Allied Minds’ share of these assets will be recorded through 
the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss). The following presents the quantitative 
information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s 
financial assets: 

As of 31 December: 
Volatility 
Time to Liquidity (years) 
Risk-Free Rate 
IPO/M&A/Sale Probability 

Sensitivity Analysis 

2020 
38.8%-73.5% 
1.50 - 3.27 
0.10% - 0.2% 
0%/ 100%/ n/a  

2019 
26.7%-62.1% 
0.5 - 3.27 
1.58% - 1.6% 
40%-60%/ 40%-60%/ n/a 

The following summarises the sensitivity from the assumptions made by the Company in respect to the 
unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s financial assets. The sensitivities 
provided reflect reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions: 

As of 31 December: 

Input 

Enterprise Value 

Volatility 

Time to Liquidity 

Risk-Free Rate (1) 

M&A vs. IPO Probability 

Sensitivity range  

Financial assets increase/(decrease) 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

-2% 
+2% 
-10% 
+10% 
-6 months 
+6 months 
-0.02%/0.01% 
0.02% /0.02% 
100%/ 40% 
0%/ 60% 

 (451) 
 613  
 602  
 (290) 
 445  
 (198) 
 445  
 (198) 
― 
― 

 (819) 
 846  
 1,136  
 (1,133) 
 886  
 (915) 
 886  
 (915) 
 (865) 
 842  

(1)  Risk-free rate is a function of the time to liquidity input assumption. 

137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

(12) 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

As of 31 December: 

Bank balances 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

(13) 

Trade and Other Receivables 

As of 31 December: 

Trade receivables  
Prepayments and other current assets 
Total trade and other receivables 

(14) 

Equity 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

24,489    
24,489    

90,571   
90,571   

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

394   
5,422   
5,816   

60    
5,642    

5,702    

On  8  November  2019,  Allied  Minds  plc  completed  the  sale  of  its  entire  stake  in  its  portfolio  company 
HawkEye 360 to Advance for cash consideration of $65.6 million. As a result, the Company remeasured 
the investment to the fair value on the on the date of the sale and derecognised its investment of $65.6 
million. In addition, Allied Minds made a distribution of $4.9 million to participants under the terms of the 
Company’s Phantom Plan.  

On 5 December 2019, Allied Minds plc completed a court-approved reduction of the Company’s capital 
by way of: (i) the capitalisation of the amount standing to the credit of the Company’s merger reserve by 
way of the issue and subsequent cancellation of the Capital Reduction Shares; and (ii) the cancellation of 
the amount standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account, so as to create distributable 
reserves (the “Capital Reduction”). The Capital Reduction created realised profits sufficient to eliminate 
the accumulated losses of the Company and establish positive distributable reserves of approximately 
$191.4  million.  The  purpose  of  the  reduction  of  capital  was  to  provide  distributable  reserves  which 
enabled the Company to make a special dividend payment of $39.7 million to shareholders and provided 
the  flexibility  for  future  dividend  payments.  Following  the  reduction  of  capital,  the  number  of  issued 
shares and the rights attached to those shares remained unchanged. 

During 2020 and 2019, there were no options exercised under the U.S. Stock Plan. Additionally, 624,862 
(2019: 1,248,378) shares were issued to existing and former employees of the Group during the year as 
result of vesting of RSUs under the LTIP.   

As  of  31  December  2020,  11,551,496  ordinary  shares  were  reserved  under  the  U.S.  Stock  Plan  and 
24,781,174 were reserved under the LTIP, see note 6 for further discussion of the share-based payment plans.  

138 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The table below explains the composition of share capital: 

As of 31 December: 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

Equity 
Share capital, $0.01 par value, issued and fully paid 
242,187,985 and 241,563,123, respectively 
Translation reserve 
Accumulated profit 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

3,767  

1,343  
55,440 
60,550 
(2,264) 
58,286 

3,759 

1,459 
147,238 
152,456 
115  
152,571 

Holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to vote, on all matters submitted to shareholders for a vote. Each 
Ordinary Share is entitled to one vote. Each ordinary share is entitled to receive dividends when and if 
declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company has not declared any dividends in the past. 
In February 2020, Allied Minds made a special cash dividend payment to shareholders of $39.7 million as 
a result of the sale of Allied Minds’ share in HawkEye in the second half of 2019.    

Translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign operations. 

(15) 

Changes in Non-Controlling Interest (“NCI”) 

For the two  years ended  31 December 2020,  the  Group recognised  the following changes in  common 
stock ownership in subsidiaries resulting in changes to non-controlling interest: 

•  On 10 January 2020, OcuTerra Therapeutics raised an additional $375K in the second closing of its 

convertible note financing.  

•  On 4 February 2020, BridgeComm issued $2,000,000 in convertible notes to Allied Minds, following 
the issuance of $1,000,000 in convertible notes to Boeing HorizonX Ventures in December 2019. In 
August  2020,  as  a  result  of  achieving  certain  development  milestones  under  the  JDA  with  Boeing, 
BridgeComm secured the remaining $1.5 million of convertible debt from Boeing. 

The  following  summarises  the  changes  in  the  non-controlling  ownership  interest  in  subsidiaries  by 
reportable segment: 

Non-controlling interest as of 31 December 
2018 
Share of comprehensive loss 
Effect of change in Company’s ownership 
interest 
Equity-settled share based payments 
US Subsidiary distributions to shareholders 
Deconsolidation of subsidiaries  
Dissolution of subsidiaries 

Early stage 
$'000 

Later stage 
$'000 

Consolidated 
$'000 

18,181    

(384)   
(105)   

61    
(12,050)   
7    
(7,128)   

303    

(697)   
(89)   

473    
—     
1,543    
—     

18,484    

(1,081)   
(194)   

534    
(12,050)   
1,550    
(7,128)   

139 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Non-controlling interest as of 31 December 
2019 
Share of comprehensive loss 
Effect of change in Company’s ownership 
interest 
Equity-settled share based payments 
Non-controlling interest as of 31 December 
2020 

(16) 

Preferred Shares 

(1,418)   

1,533    

115    

(2,024)   

                     —     

1    
(3,441)   

(455)   
(18)   

117    
1,177    

(2,479)   
(18)   

118    
(2,264)   

Certain  of  the  Group’s  subsidiaries  have  outstanding  preferred  shares  which  have  been  classified  as  a 
subsidiary  preferred  shares  in  current  liabilities  in  accordance  with  IFRS  9  as  the  subsidiaries  have  a 
contractual obligation to deliver cash or other assets to the holders under certain future liquidity events, 
and/or a requirement to deliver an uncertain number of common shares upon conversion. The preferred 
shares do not contain mandatory dividend rights. The preferred shares are convertible into common stock 
of  the  subsidiary  at  the  option  of  the  holder  and  mandatorily  convertible  into  common  stock  of  the 
subsidiary upon a qualified public offering at or above certain value and gross proceeds specified in the 
agreements or upon the vote of the holders of a majority of the subsidiary preferred shares. Under certain 
scenarios  the  number  of  common  stock  shares  receivable  on  conversion  will  change.  The  Group  has 
elected not to bifurcate the variable conversion feature as a derivative liability, but account for the entire 
instrument at fair value through the income statement.   

The preferred shares are entitled to a vote with holders of common stock on an as converted basis. The 
holders  of  the  preferred  shares  are  entitled  to  a  liquidation  preference  amount  in  the  event  of  a 
liquidation  or  a  deemed  liquidation  event  of  the  respective  subsidiary.    The  Group  recognises  the 
subsidiary preferred shares balance upon the receipt of cash financing, and records the change in its fair 
value for the respective reporting period through profit and loss. Preferred shares are not allocated shares 
of the subsidiary losses. 

The following summarises the subsidiary preferred shares balance: 

As of 31 December: 

BridgeComm 

Total subsidiary preferred 
shares 

2020 
$'000 

6,497   

6,497   

Fair value 
gain or loss 
under IFRS 9 
$'000 

Additions 
$'000 

Disposals 
$'000 

1,480   

1,480   

—     

—     

—     

—     

2019 
$'000 

5,017 

5,017 

140 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The redemption is conditional on occurrence of uncertain future events beyond the control of the 
Group. The amount that would be payable in case of such events is as follows: 

As of 31 December: 

BridgeComm 

Total liquidation preference 

2020 
$'000 

6,500 
6,500 

2019 
$’000 

5,020 
5,020 

For the two years ended 31 December 2020, the Group recognised the following changes in subsidiary 
preferred shares: 

•  On 4 February 2020, BridgeComm issued $2,000,000 in convertible notes to Allied Minds, following 
the issuance of $1,000,000 in convertible notes to Boeing HorizonX Ventures in December 2019. In 
August  2020,  as  a  result  of  achieving  certain  development  milestones  under  the  JDA  with  Boeing, 
BridgeComm secured the remaining $1.5 million of convertible debt from Boeing. 

The  fair  value  is  derived  using  the  option  pricing  model  (“OPM”),  the  Probability-Weighted  Expected 
Return Method (“PWERM”) or a hybrid of the two.  

The key inputs into these valuation models include the equity value of the subsidiary, the term of the 
instrument, risk free rate and volatility.  

The  valuation  methodologies  utilised  for  determining  the  equity  value  include  the  market  approach, 
income approach or cost approach or hybrid of these approaches. Other  methodologies such as asset 
based are also utilised where deemed appropriate. It is noted that in the current year none of the equity 
values were determined using the income approach.  

Where there has been a third party funding round in the year this has been used as the implied value of 
the portfolio company or comparable guideline public companies or comparable transactions, adjusted 
for indexation where this is deemed to be appropriate. 

Whilst the Board considers the methodologies and assumptions adopted in the valuation are supportable, 
reasonable  and  robust,  because  of  the  inherent  uncertainty  of  valuation,  those  estimated  values  may 
differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the investment 
existed and the differences could be significant. 

PWERM and OPM 
The principal methods the Group applies for allocation of value are the PWERM, the OPM as well as a 
hybrid of the two. These models take assumptions such as the equity values, term of the instruments, risk 
free rate and volatility to determine the fair value of each share class.  

The  PWERM  estimates  the  value  of  equity  securities  based  on  an  analysis  of  various  discrete  future 
outcomes, such as an IPO, merger or sale, dissolution, or continued operation as a private enterprise until 

141 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

a later exit date. The equity value today is based on the probability-weighted present values of expected 
future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to the enterprise, as well 
as the rights of each security class. The key judgement relates to probability weighting of the scenarios.  

The OPM treats common stock or derivatives thereof as call options on the enterprise’s value or overall 
equity value. The value of a security is based on the optionality over and above the value securities that 
are senior in the capital structure (e.g. preferred stock), considering the dilutive effects of subordinate 
securities. In the OPM, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the overall equity value rather 
than per-share value. 

Allocation Model Inputs  

The following presents the quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the 
fair value measurement of the Group’s subsidiary preferred shares liability: 

As of 31 December: 
Volatility 
Time to Liquidity (years) 
Risk-Free Rate 
Probability M&A 

2020 
53.6% 
2.00 
0.10% 
100% 

2019 
n/a* 
1.64 
n/a* 
15%-85% 

*In 2019, The Group valued BridgeComm using PWERM as opposed to OPM used in the current year and as such not applicable. 

Sensitivity Analysis 

The following summarises the sensitivity from the assumptions made by the Company in respect to the 
unobservable  inputs  used  in  the  fair  value  measurement  of  the  Group’s  subsidiary  preferred  shares 
liability. Option Pricing Model and Probability Weighted Expected Return Method Inputs for Investments 
Held at Fair Value at 31 December 2020 and 2019 respectively: 

As of 31 December: 

OPM Measurement Date 

  2020 
  $'000 

Input 

Sensitivity range 

Enterprise Value 

Volatility 

Time to Liquidity 

Risk-Free Rate (1) 

-2% 
+2% 
-10% 
+10% 
-6 months 
+6 months 
-0.02/ -n/a 
0.02/ n/a 

(112) 
114 
266 
(264) 
117 
(112) 
117 
(112) 

142 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

PWERM Measurement Date 

As of 31 December: 

Input 
Enterprise Value 

Discount rate 

Time to Liquidity 

Sensitivity range 
-2% 
2% 
-5% 
5% 
-2.0 months 
+2.0 months 

2019 
$'000 

 (38) 
 76  
 378  
 (304) 
 304  
 (228) 

(1) Risk-free rate is a function of the time to liquidity input assumption. 

The subsidiary preferred shares are measured at fair value through profit/loss (FVTPL) according to IFRS 
9 at initial recognition and upon subsequent measurement. Hence, any gains and losses on the preferred 
shares liability are recognised in profit or loss, unless they relate to changes in the entity’s own credit risk 
for financial liability designated as at fair value through profit or loss. The effect of changes in the entity’s 
own credit risk in the fair value of the financial liabilities are presented in other comprehensive income. 
There were no adjustments considered for movement in credit risk as this is not applicable within the 
specific  valuation  frameworks  utilized  for  the  fair  values  of  the  Group’s  preferred  share  liability.   The 
subsidiary  preferred  shares  values  and  movement  in  credit  risk,  if  applicable,  are  being  constantly 
monitored as new information becomes available. For the year ended 31 December 2020, the change in 
fair value of the subsidiary preferred shares is recorded in Finance cost, net in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive loss. 

(17) 

Trade and Other Payables 

As of 31 December: 

Trade payables 
Accrued expenses 
Other current liabilities 
Trade and other payables, current 

(18) 

Loans 

As of 31 December: 

Current liabilities - Loans: 
Unsecured loans 
PPP loans 
Non- Current liabilities - Loans: 
Unsecured loans 
Total loans 

2020 
$'000 

319    
1,457   
325    
2,101    

2019 
$'000 

1,195 
3,100 
390 
4,685 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

— 
— 

1,965 
1,965  

2,965 
184 

1,440 
4,589 

143 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The terms and conditions of outstanding loans are as follows: 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

As of 31 December: 

Unsecured loan(1) 
Unsecured loan(2) 
Unsecured loan(3) 
Total interest bearing 
liabilities 

Currency 

Nominal 
interest rate 

Year of 
maturity 

Face value 

Carrying 
amount 

Face 
value 

Carrying 
amount 

USD 
USD 
USD 

5.0% 
12.0% 
8.0% 

2019-21 
2020-21 
2019-22 

2,500 
100 
1,325 

3,825 

2,862 
103 
1,440 

1,000 

1,000 

950 

965 

4,589 

1,950 

1,965  

BridgeComm convertible note (1) 

On 16 December 2019, BridgeComm secured $1.0 million of funding through the issuance of a convertible 
bridge note to Boeing HorizonX Ventures, LLC (“Boeing”). All principal and accrued interest shall be due 
and payable on 31 January 2021. In August 2020, as a result of achieving certain development milestones 
under  the  JDA  with  Boeing,  BridgeComm  secured  the  remaining  $1.5  million  of  convertible  debt  from 
Boeing.  The  $2.5  million  promissory  note  was  issued  at  a  5.0%  interest  rate  that  will  be  compounded 
monthly and computed on the basis of a year of 365 days for the actual number of days elapsed and shall 
be paid on the maturity date. The entire instrument and the offsetting discount will be measured at fair 
value  through  profit  or  loss  as  the conversion  feature fails  the  fixed  for  fixed  equity  classification. At  31 
December 2020, the entire instrument was adjusted by a fair market change of $0.3 million.   

OcuTerra Therapeutics promissory note (2) 

On 23 September 2020, OcuTerra Therapeutics secured $0.1 million of funding through the issuance of a 
promissory note to multiple investors at annual interest rate of 12.0% payable within one year from the 
date of issuance. The note was issued at an interest rate that will accrue on the unpaid Principal Amount 
at the rate of twelve (12%) per annum computed on the basis of a 365-day year. 

OcuTerra Therapeutics convertible note (3) 

On 5 November 2019, OcuTerra Therapeutics secured $0.95 million of funding through the issuance of a 
convertible  bridge  note  to  multiple  investors  at  annual  interest  rate  of  8.0%.  On  10  January  2020, 
OcuTerra  Therapeutics  raised  an  additional  $0.4  million  in  the  second  closing  of  its  convertible  note 
financing. The note was issued at an interest rate that will accrue on the unpaid Principal Amount at the 
rate of eight (8%) per annum, payable at the maturity date (36 month anniversary of the closing date). All 
accrued interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, 
and  shall  be  payable  on  the  date  the  outstanding  principal  amount  shall  become  due  and  payable, 
whether on the Maturity Date or by acceleration or otherwise, or upon conversion. The entire instrument 
and the offsetting discount will be measured at fair value through profit or loss as the conversion feature 
fails the fixed for fixed equity classification. 

144 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

(19) 

Leases 

Office and laboratory space is rented under non-cancellable operating leases. These lease agreements 
contain various clauses for renewal at the Group’s option and, in certain cases, escalation clauses typically 
linked to rates of inflation. 

Right of use asset 

Balance at 1 January  

Additions 

Derecognition of right-of-use assets* 

Depreciation 

Deconsolidation 
Balance at 31 December 

2020 
$000s 
1,016 

-    

-    

(365) 

-    

651  

* Derecognition of the right-of-use assets during 2019 is as a result of entering into a finance sub-lease. 

Lease liability 

Balance at 1 January 
Additions 
Cash paid  
Interest expense 
Deconsolidation 

Balance at  31 December 

2020 
$000s 
2,854 
-    
(1,150) 
126 
-    

1,830 

2019 
$000s 
4,205 

6,897 

(1,693) 

(1,216) 

(7,177) 

1,016 

2019 
$000s 
4,490 
6,898 
(1,540) 
209 
(7,203) 
2,854 

The following details the short term and long-term portion of the lease liability as at 31 December 2020: 

Lease liability released in < 1 year 
Lease liability released in over 1 year 
Total Lease Liability 

Total lease liability 
$000s 
1,024 
806 
1,830 

During 2019, the Group relocated its corporate headquarters and as a result it sub-leased the office space 
that has been presented as part of a right-of-use asset. As the sub-lease is for all of the remaining useful 
economic life of the right-of-use asset, the sub-lease is classified as a finance lease. 

The  following  table  sets  out  a  maturity  analysis  of  lease  receivables,  showing  the  undiscounted  lease 
payments to be received after the reporting date. Under IAS 17, the Group did not have any finance leases 
as a lessor. 

145 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

In thousands of $ 
Less than 1 year 
Between 1 and 5 years 
More than 5 years 

Total undiscounted lease receivable 
Unearned finance income 
Net investment in the lease 

31 December 2020 
 740  
 438  
 -    
 1,178  

 47  
 1,131  

Additions  in  the  period  relate  to  site  leases  that  were  entered  into  by  Allied  Minds’  consolidated 
subsidiaries during 2019. Amounts were arrived at using the contractual minimal lease payments, present 
valued using the applicable incremental borrowing rate of 5.50%. 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss 

In thousands of $ 

2020 – Leases under IFRS 16 

Interest on lease liabilities 

Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets presented in 
‘interest income’ 

(20) 

Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures 

31 December 2020 

126 

78 

The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, 
including their levels in the fair value hierarchy: 

As of 31 December: 

Financial assets designated as fair 
value through profit or loss 
Investments at fair value 

Convertible note receivable 

Loans and receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Security and other deposits 

Total 

Financial liabilities designated as fair 
value through profit or loss 
      Convertible notes 

Subsidiary preferred shares 
Financial liabilities measured at 
amortised cost 

Trade and other payables 
Lease liability 

Total 

2020 
$'000 
Fair value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

 Total 

— 

— 

— 

41,588 

41,588 

1,500  

— 

1,500   

— 

1,500  

41,588 

43,088 

— 
— 

4,590    
— 

— 
6,497    

4,590    
6,497    

— 

4,590    

6,497    

11,087  

Carrying 
Amount 

41,588 

1,500    

24,489  
5,816  
1,360   
74,753 

4,590    
6,497    

2,101    
1,830    
15,018   

146 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

As of 31 December: 

Financial assets designated as fair 
value through profit or loss 
Investments at fair value 

Convertible note receivable(1) 

Loans and receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Security and other deposits 

Total 

Financial liabilities designated as 
fair value through profit or loss 
      Convertible notes 

Subsidiary preferred shares 

Financial liabilities measured at 
amortised cost 

Trade and other payables 
Lease liability 

Total 

2019 
$'000 
Fair value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

 Total 

Carrying 
Amount 

61,895 

750 

— 

— 

— 

750 

61,895 

   61,895 

— 

750 

          90,571 
          5,702 
     2,088 
161,006 

— 

750 

61,895 

62,645 

1,965 
5,017 

— 
— 

1,965 
— 

— 
5,017 

1,965 
5,017 

4,685 
2,854 
14,521 

— 

1,965 

5,017 

6,982 

(1)  On 5 August 2020, TableUp has been acquired by TouchBistro, Inc. (“TouchBistro”). As a result of the acquisition, the 

entire instrument was converted into common shares during the year to 31 December 2020.   

Total other financials assets were as follows: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

Deposits 
Other long term assets 
Total 

Convertible note receivable 
Other current assets 
Total  

2020 
$'000 

81 
500 
581 

1500 
779 
2,279 
2,860 

2019 
$'000 

122 
1,135 
1,257 

750 
831 
1,581 
2,838 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded is determined by using valuation techniques 
that maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity 
specific  estimates.  If  all  significant  inputs  required  to  fair  value  an  instrument  are  observable,  the 

147 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

instrument is included in Level 2. Where the inputs for determining the fair value of financial instruments 
are not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3. For assumptions used in 
the fair value measurement of the Group’s convertible notes designated as Level 2, see note 18. 

For assumptions used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s subsidiary preferred shares liability 
designated as Level 3, see note 16. For assumptions used in the fair value measurement of Investments 
at fair value designated as Level 3, see note 11. 

Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and trade payables are carried at cost, which approximates 
fair value because of their short-term nature. 

(21) 

Capital and Financial Risk Management 

The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market 
confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Management monitors the level of capital 
deployed and available for deployment in subsidiary projects. The Board of Directors seeks to maintain a 
balance between the higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of deployed capital and the 
advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position. 

The Group’s executive management and Board of Directors have overall responsibility for establishment 
and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. The Group is exposed to certain risks through 
its normal course of operations. The Group’s main objective in using financial instruments is to promote 
the commercialisation of intellectual property through the raising and investing of funds for this purpose. 
The Group’s policies in calculating the nature, amount and timing of funding are determined by planned 
future investment activity. Due to the nature of activities and with the aim to maintain the investors’ funds 
secure and protected, the Group’s policy is to hold any excess funds in highly liquid and readily available 
financial instruments and reduce the exposure to other financial risks. 

The Group has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments: 

Credit Risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument 
fails  to  meet  its  contractual  obligations.  Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Group  to 
concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  investments  held  at  fair 
value, and trade and other receivables. 

The Group held following balances: 

As of 31 December: 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investments held at fair value 
Trade and other receivables 

90,571 
61,895 
5,702 
158,168 

24,489 
41,588 
5,816 
71,893 

148 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The  Group  maintains  money  market  funds,  certificates  of  deposits,  and  fixed  income  securities  with 
financial institutions, which the Group believes are of high credit quality. Risk control assesses the credit 
quality  of  the  customer,  taking  into  account  its  financial  position,  past  experience  and  other  factors. 
Individual risk limits are set based on ratings in accordance with limits set by the Board. The utilisation of 
credit limits is regularly monitored.  The credit  quality of financial assets that  are neither past due  nor 
impaired can be assessed by reference to credit ratings (if available) or to historical information about 
counterparty default rates. 

Group policy is to maintain its funds in highly liquid deposit accounts with reputable financial institutions.  

The Group’s investments in preferred stock are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 
in accordance with IFRS 9. This measurement is appropriate as these financial assets are not held with the 
objective to collect contractual cash flows which are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) on 
the principal amount outstanding.  The entity is primarily focused on fair value information and uses that 
information to assess the asset’s performance and to make decisions. The subsidiary preferred shares 
values and movement in credit risk are being constantly monitored as new information becomes available. 

The aging of trade receivables that were not impaired was as follows: 

As of 31 December: 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

Neither past due nor impaired 
Past due 30-90 days 
Past due over 90 days 
Reserve for bad debt 

135    
259    
―  
―  
394    

60  
―  
―  
―  
60 

The Group has a concentration of credit risk in respect of it financial asset held at fair value through the 
profit  or  loss  which  relate  to  preferred  share  liabilities  of  $38.8  million.  Of  this  balance  $28.5  million 
relates specifically to the preferred shares held in Federate Wireless. These investments are reviewed in 
detail in note 11. The Group assesses the credit quality of customers, taking into account their current 
financial  position.  An  analysis  of  the  credit  quality  of  trade  receivables  that  are  neither  past  due  nor 
impaired is as follows: 

As of 31 December: 

Customers with less than three years of  
trading history with the Group 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

394  

394  

60 

60 

Liquidity Risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with 
its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach 
to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities 

149 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or 
risking damage to the Group’s reputation. 

The Group seeks to manage liquidity risk, ensuring that sufficient liquidity is available to meet foreseeable 
requirements. 

The following are the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities at the reporting date. The 
amounts are gross and undiscounted, and include estimated interest payments and exclude the impact 
of netting agreements. The current portion of the carrying amount of lease obligations is included in trade 
and other payables. 

As of 31 December 2020: 

$'000 

Trade and other payables 
Subsidiary notes payable 
Subsidiary preferred shares 
Lease liability  

Carrying 
amount 

Total 

Contractual cash flows 
Less than 
1 year  

2-5 years 

  More than 
5 years 

2,101 
4,590 
6,497     
1,830 
15,018 

2,101 
4,302 
6,497     
1,830 
14,730 

2,101 
3,150 
6,497     
1,830 
13,578 

—     
1,440 
—     
—     
1,440 

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

As of 31 December 2019: 

$'000 

Carrying 
amount 

Trade and other payables 
Subsidiary notes payable 
Subsidiary preferred shares 
Lease liability  

4,685  
1,965  
5,017 
2,854 
14,521 

Contractual cash flows 
Less than 
1 year  

2-5 years 

  More than 
5 years 

4,685  
1,965  
5,017 
2,854 
14,521 

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

Total 

4,685  
1,965  
5,017 
2,854 
14,521 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or 
at significantly different amounts. 

Market Risk 

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices – such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and 
equity prices – will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The 
objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable 
parameters,  while  optimising  the  return.  The  Group  maintains  the  exposure  to  market  risk  from  such 
financial instruments to insignificant levels. The Group exposure to changes in interest rates is determined 
to be insignificant. 

Capital Risk Management 

The Group is funded by equity finance and long term borrowings. Total capital is calculated as ‘total equity’ 
as shown in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

150 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain 
an  optimal  capital  structure  to  reduce  the  cost  of  capital.  In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital 
structure, the Group may issue new shares or borrow new debt. The Group has some external debt in the 
form  of  preferred  shares  and  no  material  externally  imposed  capital  requirements.  The  Group’s  share 
capital is set out in note 16. 

(22) 

Related Parties 

Transactions with Key Management Personnel 

Key Management Personnel Compensation 

Key management personnel compensation received comprised the following: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

 Short-term employee benefits   
 Share-based payments   

Total 

2020 
$'000 
1,022   
   105    
1,127 

2019 
$'000 
608 
- 
608 

Short-term employee benefits of the Group’s key management personnel include salaries and bonuses, 
health care and other non-cash benefits. 

Share-based payments include the value of awards granted under the LTIP during the year. Share-based 
payments under the LTIP are subject to vesting terms over future periods. See further details of the two 
plans in note 6. 

Bonuses  to  key  management  for  the  year  of  $375,000  were  outstanding  at  31  December  2020  (2019: 
$522,600) and were paid in January of 2021. 

Key Management Personnel Transactions 

Directors’ remuneration for the year comprised the following: 

For the year ended 31 December: 

Executive Directors’ fees 
Non-executive Directors' fees 

 Total 

2020 
$'000 
1,127  
359  
1,486 

2019 
$'000 
3,086 
254 
3,340 

Executive management and Directors of the Company control 0.6% of the voting shares of the Company 
as of 31 December 2020 (2019: 0.8 %). 

In  October  2020,  Bruce  Failing  (Chair  of  Remuneration  Committee)  purchased  80,000  shares  of  the 
company. 

151 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The Group has not engaged in any other transactions with key management personnel or other related 
parties. 

(23) 

Taxation 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss 

No current income tax expense was recorded for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 due to 
accumulated losses.  

For the year ended 31 December: 

Net income/(loss) 
Income taxes 
Net income/(loss) before taxes 

Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate 

2020 
$'000 

(53,025) 
—  
(53,025) 

2019 
$'000 

50,254 
—  
50,254 

The Group is primarily subject to taxation in the US, therefore the reconciliation of the effective tax rate 
has been prepared using the US statutory tax rate. A reconciliation of the US statutory rate to the effective 
tax rate is as follows: 

US federal statutory rate 
Effect of state tax rate in US 
Research credits 
Share-based payment remeasurement 
Permanent differences from consolidation 
Other permanent differences 
Current year income/(losses) for which no deferred  
tax asset/(liability) is recognised 

2020 
% 

2019 
% 

21.0 
5.3 
0.7 
(0.4) 
1.2 
(0.7) 

(27.1) 
—  

21.0 
5.1 
(2.5) 
(1.2) 
(38.3) 
0.1 

15.8 
—  

Factors that may affect future tax expense 

The Group is primarily subject to taxation in the US and UK. Additionally, the Group is exposed to state 
taxation in various jurisdictions throughout the US. Changes in corporate tax rates can change both the 
current tax expense (benefit) as well as the deferred tax expense (benefit). A UK corporation rate of 19% 
(effective 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020, reversing the previously enacted 
reduction  in  the  rate  from  19%  to  17%.  This  will  increase  the  company's  future  current  tax  charge 
accordingly.   

The  Tax  Act  reduces  the  U.S.  federal  corporate  tax  rate  from  35%  to  21%.  The  change  in  our  future 
effective tax rate is not anticipated to have an effect on our tax until all of our U.S. federal net operating 
losses and credits have been utilised. 

152 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Unrecognised Deferred Tax Assets 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items, due to history of operating 
losses and no convincing evidence that future taxable profit will be available against which the Group can 
use the benefits therefrom, as well as due to potential permanent restrictions under Internal Revenue 
Code Section 382 rules: 

As of 31 December: 

Tax loss carry forward  
Research credits  
Temporary differences  
Deferred tax assets 

Other temporary differences  
Deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets, net, not recognised 

2020 
$’000 

2019 
$'000 

79,285 
7,022 
15,494 

101,801 
— 
— 
101,801 

78,472 
6,739 
5,931 
91,142 
—  
—  
91,142 

Deferred  tax  is  measured  at  the  rates  that  are  expected  to  apply  in  the  period  when  the  temporary 
differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially 
enacted by the statement of financial position date.  

As  of  31  December  2020  the  Company  had  United  States  federal  net  operating  losses  carry  forwards 
(“NOLs”) of approximately $292.7 million (2019: $288.4 million) available to offset future taxable income, 
if any.  These carryforwards start to expire in 2024 and are subject to review and possible adjustment by 
the  Internal  Revenue  Service.   The  Company  may  be  subject  to  limitations  under  Section  382  of  the 
Internal Revenue Code as a result of changes in ownership. The Company’s preliminary analysis on the 
impact from Section 382 limitations suggests that there is unlikely to be a material restriction on NOLs. A 
detailed exercise is ongoing.  Upon the completion of the study, there may or may not be limitations on 
the Company’s ability to utilise its current NOLs against future profits, although these are not expected to 
be material. 

(24) 

Subsequent Events 

The  Company  has  evaluated  subsequent  events  through  29  March  2021,  which  is  the  date  the 
consolidated financial information is available to be issued.  

On 11 January 2021, OcuTerra Therapeutics, Inc. issued $100K in the form of a promissory note to Maxim 
Partners LLC.  

153 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET 

As of 31 December 

Note 

2020 
$ '000 

2019 
$ '000 

Non-current assets 

Loan to subsidiary 
Total non-current assets 
Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents  
Trade and other receivables  

     Loan to subsidiary 
Total current assets 
Total assets 
Equity 
Share capital 
Translation reserve 
Accumulated reserves 
Total equity 
Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Total current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Total equity and liabilities 

Registered number: 08998697 

3  

2  

4  
4  
4  
4  

92,648 
92,648 

1,756 
284 
— 
2,040 
94,688 

3,767 
(59,394) 
150,080 
94,453 

235 
235 
235 
94,688 

147,432 
147,432 

2,082 
85 
40,000 
42,167 
189,599 

3,759 
(54,612) 
239,876 
189,023 

576 
576 
576 
189,599 

The financial statements on pages 154 to 160 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised 
for issue on 29 March 2021 and signed on its behalf by: 

Harry Rein 
Non-Executive Chairman 

154 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

For the year ended 31 
December 2020 

Balance at 31 December 
2018 

Total comprehensive loss 
for the year 

Loss for the year 
Foreign currency 
translation 

Total comprehensive loss 
for the year 
         Reduction of capital 

Issuance of ordinary 
shares 
Equity-settled share 
based payments 
Balance at 31 December 
2019 

Total comprehensive loss 
for the year 

Loss for the year 
Foreign currency 
translation 

Total comprehensive loss 
for the year 

Issuance of ordinary 
shares 
Dividend payment 
Equity-settled share 
based payments 
Balance at 31 December 
2020 

Share capital 

Share 

Merger 

Translation 

Accumulated 

Total 

Shares 

240,314,745 

Amount 
$'000 
3,743    

premium 
$'000 
160,170    

reserve 
$'000 
263,367   

reserve 
$'000 
(70,857)    

reserves 
$'000 
(167,815)   

equity 
$'000 
188,608 

— 
— 

— 

1,248,378  

— 

— 
— 

— 

16   

— 

241,563,123 

3,759 

— 
— 

624,862    

— 
— 

— 
— 

8    

— 
— 

242,187,985 

3,767    

— 
— 

— 
— 

—     
16,245    

(6,310)   
(7,537)   

(6,310)   
8,708    

(160,170) 

(263,367) 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

16,245    

(13,847)   

2,398    

— 

— 

— 

423,537    

— 

— 

16   

(1,999)   

(1,999)   

(54,612)   

239,876   

189,023    

—     
(4,782)   

(55,917) 
4,894    

(55,917) 
112 

(4,782)   

(51,023) 

(55,805) 

— 

— 
— 

(39,707)   
934    

8    

(39,707)   
934    

(59,394)   

150,080 

94,453 

155 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 

2020 
$ '000 

2019 
$ '000 

(55,917) 

(6,310)   

934    
53,755    

(199)   
(340)   
(2,086)    
(3,853)   

43,223    
43,223    

8    
(39,705)   
(39,697)   

(328)   
2,082    
1,756    

(1,999)    
6,515    

139    
370    
(2,691)   
(3,976)   

4,296    
4,296    

16    
— 
                    16 

336    
1,746    
2,082    

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

For the year ended 31 December: 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
  Net operating loss 
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash 

  used in operating activities: 

Share-based compensation expense 
Impairment loss in subsidiary and loan to subsidiary 

  Changes in working capital: 

  Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables 
  Decrease in trade and other payables 

  Other finance cost 
Net cash used in operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities: 

(Issuance)/repayments of note receivable to subsidiary, net 

Net cash provided by investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
  Proceeds from issuance of share capital 
  Dividend payment 
Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities 

3 

4 
4 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 

156 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the year ended 31 December 2020 

(1) 

Accounting Policies 

Basis of Preparation and Measurement 

The financial statements of the parent company have been prepared under the historical cost convention, 
in  accordance  with  international  accounting  standard  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, International 
Accounting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union (“Adopted IFRSs”). A summary of the more important accounting policies which have been applied 
consistently throughout the year are set out below. 

Functional and Presentation Currency 

The functional currency of the parent company is British Pounds. The financial statements of the parent 
company are presented in US dollars to the nearest $’000s. 

Foreign Currency 

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated  to  the  respective  functional  currencies  of  the  parent 
company at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated to the functional currency 
at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are 
recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of 
historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are 
retranslated to the functional currency at foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates the fair value was 
determined. 

On translation of the Company financial statements from functional currency to presentational currency 
the  assets  and  liabilities  are  translated  at  the  closing  exchange  rates.  Profit  and  loss  accounts  are 
translated at the average rates of exchange during the year. Gains and losses arising on these translations 
are taken to reserves. 

Intercompany Loans 

All intercompany loans are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. 
Where intercompany loans are intended for use on a continuing basis in the Company’s activities and 
there  is  no  intention  of  their  settlement  in  the  foreseeable  future,  they  are  presented  as  non-current 
assets. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or 
less. 

Impairment 

If there is an indication that an asset might be impaired, the Company will perform an impairment review. 
An asset is impaired if the recoverable amount, being the higher of net realisable value and value in use, 
is less than its carrying amount. Value in use is measured based on future discounted cash flows (“DCF”) 

157 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

attributable  to  the  asset.  In  relation  to  the  investment  held  in  subsidiaries  and  intra  group  receivable 
balance the net realisable value is the fair value of the underlying subsidiaries.  In such cases, the carrying 
value of the asset is reduced to recoverable amount with a corresponding charge recognised in the profit 
and loss account.  The underlying assumptions in determining the fair value of the subsidiaries are key 
estimates and include the determination of the fair value as described in note 11 and 16 of the group 
financial statements.  

Financial Instruments 

Currently the Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments. Financial assets and financial 
liabilities are recognised and cease to be recognised on the basis of when the related titles pass to or from 
the Company. 

Share-based Payments 

Share-based payment arrangements in which the Company receives goods or services as consideration 
for  its  own  equity  instruments  are  accounted  for  as  equity-settled  share-based  payment  transactions, 
regardless of how the equity instruments are obtained by the Company.   The Company’s share  based 
payment scheme, which awards shares in the parent entity, includes recipients who are not employees 
the company, but in its subsidiaries.  Where beneficiaries are employees in a subsidiary, their element of 
the share based payment charge would usually be capitalized to recognize the service received by the 
subsidiary.  To  the  extent  that  these  amounts  will  not  be  recovered  the  charge  has  continued  to  be 
expensed by the Company.   

The  grant  date  fair  value  of  share-based  payment  awards  granted  to  employees  is  recognised  as  an 
employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the awards. The fair value of the options granted is measured using an option 
valuation model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The 
amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of awards for which the related 
service  and  non-market  vesting  conditions  are  expected  to  be  met,  such  that  the  amount  ultimately 
recognised as an expense is based on the number of awards that do meet the related service and non-
market performance conditions at the vesting date. For share-based payment awards with non-vesting 
conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment is measured to reflect such conditions 
and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes. 

(2) 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

As of 31 December: 

Bank balances 

Cash and cash equivalents 

(3) 

Loan to Subsidiary 

Balance at 1 January 
  Additions 

Impairment 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

1,756    
1,756    

2,082    
2,082    

2020 
$'000 

187,431 
1,910 
(53,755) 

2019 
$'000 

186,842    
3,572    
(6,515)   

158 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

  Repayments 

Effect from currency translation 

Balance at 31 December 

(45,133) 
2,195 
92,648 

(7,867)   
11,399   
187,431   

The Company has loaned its excess cash to its operating subsidiary Allied Minds, LLC (‘the subsidiary’) , as 
part  of  its  continuing  working  capital  investment  programme  in  the  wider  group,  and  to  be  further 
deployed by the subsidiary, to enable the group to deliver its strategic plans. The note bears an interest 
of 1.25% and in the foreseeable future, repayment is neither planned nor likely to occur.  

During 2020, the Directors reviewed the value of the underlying business and concluded an impairment 
charge of $53.8 million should be recorded.  The asset’s recoverable amount is determined to be based 
on the fair value of the company’s subsidiaries together with its associates, preferred shares held and the 
recoverable cash. This has been recorded against the loan to subsidiary balance (this note).  

(4) 

 Share Capital and Reserves 

Allied Minds plc was incorporated with the Companies House under the Companies Act 2006 as a public 
company on 15 April 2014. Full detail of the share capital and reserves activity for the year can be found 
in note 16 to the consolidated financial statements. 

As of 31 December: 

2020 
$'000 

2019 
$'000 

Equity 
Share capital, $0.01 par value, issued and fully paid 
242,187,985 and 241,563,123, respectively 
Translation reserve 
Accumulated deficit 

Total equity 

3,767   

(59,394)  
150,080 

94,453 

3,759    

(54,612)   
239,876    

189,023    

In December 2016, the Company issued 17,457,015 ordinary shares of one pence at 367 pence, which 
were admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading 
on the LSE’s Main Market for listed securities. This resulted in approximately $78.1 million of net proceeds 
from the equity placing (net of issue cost of $2.2 million). The amounts subscribed for share capital in 
excess of the nominal value in relation to this transaction are reflected in the merger reserve balance as 
of 31 December 2016.  

On  8  November  2019,  Allied  Minds  plc  completed  the  sale  of  its  entire  stake  in  its  portfolio  company 
HawkEye 360 to Advance for cash consideration of $65.6 million. As a result, the Company remeasured 
the investment to the fair value on the date of the sale and derecognised its investment of $65.6 million. 
In  addition,  Allied  Minds  made  a  distribution  of  $4.9  million  to  participants  under  the  terms  of  the 
Company’s Phantom Plan.  

On 5 December 2019, Allied Minds plc completed a court-approved reduction of the Company’s capital 
by way of: (i) the capitalisation of the amount standing to the credit of the Company’s merger reserve by 
way of the issue and subsequent cancellation of the Capital Reduction Shares; and (ii) the cancellation of 

159 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

the amount standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account, so as to create distributable 
reserves (the “Capital Reduction”). The Capital Reduction created realised profits sufficient to eliminate 
the accumulated losses of the Company and establish positive distributable reserves of approximately 
$191.4 million. The purpose of the reduction of capital was to provide distributable reserves to enable the 
Company to make a special dividend payment of $39.7 million to shareholders and provided the flexibility 
for future dividend payments. Following the reduction of capital, the number of issued shares and the 
rights attached to those shares remained unchanged. 

In February 2020, Allied Minds made a special cash dividend payment to shareholders of $39.7 million as 
a result of the sale of Allied Minds’ share in HawkEye in the second half of 2019. 

Holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to vote, on all matters submitted to shareholders for a vote. Each 
Ordinary Share is entitled to one vote. Each ordinary share is entitled to receive dividends when and if 
declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. 

The share-based payment credit for the fiscal year ended 31 December 2020 included in accumulated 
deficit was $0.9 million (2019 charge: $2.0 million). 

(5) 

Profit and Loss Account 

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s profit and loss account has not 
been  included  in  these  financial  statements.  The  Company’s  loss  for  the  year  was  $55,917,000  (2019: 
$6,310,000). 

(6) 

Directors’ Remuneration, Employee Information and Share-based Payments 

The remuneration of the Directors of the Company is disclosed in note 23 to the consolidated financial 
statements. Full details for their remuneration can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
pages 71  to 83. Full detail of the share-based payment charge and related disclosures can be found in 
note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. 

The Company had one employee during 2020 (2019: one). 

160 

 
 
 
 
 
Company Information 

Company Registration Number 08998697 

Registered Office  
Beaufort House 
51 New North Road 
Exeter EX4 4EP 
United Kingdom 

Website 
www.alliedminds.com  

Board of Directors  
Harry Rein 
(Non-Executive Chairman) 

Bruce Failing 
(Senior Independent Director) 

Mark Lerdal  
(Independent Non-Executive Director) 

Company Secretary 
Nina Thayer 

Broker 
Numis Securities Limited 
The London Stock Exchange Building  
10 Paternoster Square 
London EC4M 7LT  
United Kingdom 
TEL: +44 207 260 1000 

Registrar 
Link Group 
The Registry 
Unit 10 
Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL 
TEL UK: 0871 664 0300 
TEL Overseas: +44 208 639 3399 

Solicitors 
DLA Piper UK LLP  
160 Aldersgate Street  
London EC1A 4HT  
United Kingdom 
TEL: +44 207 349 0296 

Independent Auditor 
BDO LLP 
55 Baker Street 
London  W1U 7EU 
United Kingdom 
TEL: 020 7486 5888 

Media Relations 
Instinctif Partners 
65 Gresham Street, 
London EC2V 7NQ 
United Kingdom 
TEL: +44 20 7457 2020 

161